Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / Pressure BioSciences, Inc.

Pressure BioSciences, Inc.

pbio · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker pbio
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Pressure BioSciences, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

þ Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013  or

o Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from __________ to _________

Commission file number  000-21615

PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Massachusetts
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or
Organization)

14 Norfolk Avenue South Easton,
Massachusetts
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(508) 230-1828
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area
Code)

04-2652826

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

02375
( Zip Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
 Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
Preferred Share Purchase Rights

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
OTC Markets Group Inc

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
__________________________
(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No þ

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2)
has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  web  site,  if  any,  every
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such
shorter period that registrant was required to submit and post such files. Yes þ No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not
be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  or  a  smaller
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the
Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
(Do not check if smaller reporting company)

o
o

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company 

o
þ

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes  o No þ

The  aggregate  market  value  of  the  voting  and  non-voting  Common  Stock  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  registrant  as  of  June  30,  2013
was  $3,640,182  based on the closing price of $0.34 per share of Pressure BioSciences, Inc. Common Stock as quoted on the OTC Markets
QB exchange on that date.

As of March 31, 2014, there were 12,624,267 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding.

N/A.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS.  

ITEM
1A.

ITEM
1B. 

RISK FACTORS

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.  

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES. 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.  

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES  

PART II

ITEM 5. 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.  

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.  

ITEM 7. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATION. 

ITEM
7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLIMENTARY DATA.  

ITEM 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE. 

ITEM
9A. 

ITEM
9B. 

ITEM
10. 

ITEM
11. 

ITEM
12. 

ITEM
13. 

ITEM
14. 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

OTHER INFORMATION.  

PART III

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.  

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS; AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES  

PART IV

ITEM 15 EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES. 

2

4 

17 

26 

26 

26 

26 

27 

29 

29 

38 

39 

77 

77 

78 

79 

83 

88 

89 

89 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
   
  
   
 
 
   
  
 
 
   
  
   
 
Throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company” and “our company” refer to Pressure

BioSciences, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation, and unless the context indicates otherwise, also includes our wholly-owned subsidiary.

Introductory Comment

PART I

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). In
some cases, forward-looking statements are identified by terms such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “would,” “expects,” “plans,”
“anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “projects,” “predicts,” “potential” and similar expressions intended to identify forward-looking
statements. Such statements include, without limitation, statements regarding:

●  our need for, and our ability to raise, additional equity or debt financing on acceptable terms, if at all;
●  our  need  to  take  additional  cost  reduction  measures,  cease  operations  or  sell  our  operating  assets,  if  we  are  unable  to  obtain

sufficient additional financing;

●  our belief that we have sufficient liquidity to finance normal operations until August 2014;
●  the options we may pursue in light of our financial condition;
●  the amount of cash necessary to operate our business;
●  the anticipated uses of grant revenue and the potential for increased grant revenue in future periods;
●  our plans and expectations with respect to our continued operations;
●  our belief that PCT has achieved initial market acceptance in the mass spectrometry and other markets;
●  the expected increase in the number of pressure cycling technology (“PCT”) and constant pressure (“CP”) based  units installed

and the increase in revenues from the sale of consumable products and extended service contracts;

●  the expected development and success of new instrument and consumables product offerings;
●  the potential applications for our instrument and consumables product offerings;
●  the expected expenses of, and benefits and results from, our research and development efforts;
●  the expected benefits and results from our collaboration programs, strategic alliances and joint ventures;
●  our expectation of obtaining additional research grants from the government in the future;
●  our expectations of the results of our development activities funded by government research grants;
●  the potential size of the market for biological sample preparation;
●  general economic conditions;
●  the anticipated future financial performance and business operations of our company;
●  our reasons for focusing our resources in the market for genomic, proteomic, lipidomic and small molecule sample preparation;
●  the importance of mass spectrometry as a laboratory tool;
●  the  advantages  of  PCT  over  other  current  technologies  as  a  method  of  biological  sample  preparation  in  biomarker  discovery,

forensics, and histology and for other applications;

●  the capabilities and benefits of our PCT sample preparation system, consumables and other products;
●  our belief that laboratory scientists will achieve results comparable with those reported to date by certain research scientists who

have published or presented publicly on PCT and our other products;

●  our ability to retain our core group of scientific, administrative and sales personnel; and
●  our ability to expand our customer base in sample preparation and for other applications of PCT and our other products.

These forward-looking statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may
cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity,
performance or achievements, expressed or implied, by such forward-looking statements. Also, these forward-looking statements represent
our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Except as otherwise required by law, we expressly
disclaim any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statement contained in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K to reflect any change in our expectations or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any of our
forward-looking statements are based. Factors that could cause or contribute to differences in our future financial and other results include
those discussed in the risk factors set forth in Part I, Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K as well as those discussed elsewhere in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

3

 
 
 
 
A.  ITEM 1.                      BUSINESS.

Throughout this document we use the following terms: Barocycler ®, PULSE®, and BioSeq®, which are registered trademarks of the

Company. We also use the terms ProteoSolveTM, ProteoSolveLRS
unregistered trademarks of the Company.

TM, the Power of PCT TM and the PCT ShredderTM, all of which are

Overview

We are focused on solving the challenging problems inherent in biological sample preparation, a crucial laboratory step performed by
scientists worldwide working in biological life sciences research. Sample preparation is a term that refers to a wide range of activities that
precede most forms of scientific analysis. Sample preparation is often complex, time-consuming and, in our belief, one of the most error-
prone steps of scientific research. It is a widely-used laboratory undertaking – the requirements of which drive what we believe is a large and
growing worldwide market. We have developed and patented a novel, enabling technology platform that can control the sample preparation
process. It is based on harnessing the unique properties of high hydrostatic pressure. This process, called pressure cycling technology, or
PCT, uses alternating cycles of hydrostatic pressure between ambient and ultra-high levels i.e., 35,000 pounds per square inch (“psi”) or
greater to safely, conveniently and reproducibly control the actions of molecules in biological samples, such as cells and tissues from human,
animal, plant and microbial sources.

Our pressure cycling technology uses internally developed instrumentation that is capable of cycling pressure between ambient and
ultra-high levels at controlled temperatures and specific time intervals, to rapidly and repeatedly control the interactions of bio-molecules,
such as deoxyribonucleic acid (“DNA”), ribonucleic acid (“RNA”), proteins, lipids and small molecules. Our laboratory instrument, the
Barocycler®, and our internally developed consumables product line, which include our Pressure Used to Lyse Samples for Extraction
(“PULSE”) tubes, and other processing tubes, and application specific kits such as consumable products and reagents, together make up our
PCT Sample Preparation System (“PCT SPS”).

We hold 14 United States and 10 foreign patents covering multiple applications of PCT in the life sciences field. Our pressure cycling

technology employs a unique approach that we believe has the potential for broad use in a number of established and emerging life sciences
areas, which include:

●  biological sample preparation in such study areas as genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, metabolomic and small molecule;
●  pathogen inactivation;
●  protein purification;
●  control of chemical reactions, particularly enzymatic; and
●  immunodiagnostics.

We  are  also  the  exclusive  distributor  throughout  all  of  the Americas  for  the  Constant  Systems  cell  disruption  equipment,  parts,  and
consumables.    Constant  Systems,  Ltd  (“CS”),  a  British  company  located  about  90  minutes  northwest  of  London,  England,  has  been
providing niche biomedical equipment, related consumable products, and services to a global client base since 1989. CS designs, develops,
and manufactures high pressure cell disruption equipment required by life sciences laboratories worldwide, particularly disruption systems
for the extraction of proteins. The CS equipment provides a constant and controlled cell disruptive environment, giving the user superior,
constant, and reproducible results whatever the application. CS has nearly 900 units installed in over 40 countries worldwide. The CS cell
disruption  equipment  has  proven  performance  in  the  extraction  of  cellular  components,  such  as  protein  from  yeast,  bacteria,  mammalian
cells, and other sample types.

The  CS  pressure-based  cell  disruption  equipment  and  the  PBI  PCT  instrumentation  complement  each  other  in  several  important
ways.  While both the CS and PBI technologies are based on high pressure, each product line has fundamental scientific capabilities that the
other does not offer.  PBI’s PCT Platform uses certain patented pressure mechanisms to achieve small-scale, molecular level effects.  CS’s
technology  uses  different,  proprietary  pressure  mechanisms  for  larger-scale,  non-molecular  level  processing.    In  a  number  of  routine
laboratory applications, such as protein extraction, both effects can be critical to success. Therefore, for protein extraction and a number of
other important scientific applications, we believe laboratories will benefit by using the CS and PBI products, either separately or together.

4

 
 
 
 
Within the broad field of biological sample preparation, we focus the majority of our PCT and CP product development efforts in three

specific areas: biomarker discovery (primarily through mass spectrometric analysis), forensics and histology.

●  Biomarker Discovery - Mass Spectrometry. A biomarker is any substance (e.g., protein) that can be used as an indicator of the
presence or absence of a particular disease-state or condition, to measure disease progression, and to measure the effects of
therapy.  Biomarkers can help in the diagnosis, prognosis, therapy, prevention, surveillance, control, and cure of diseases and
medical conditions.

A mass spectrometer is one of the laboratory instruments used in the analysis of biological samples, primarily proteins, in life
sciences research. It is frequently used to help discover biomarkers. According to a recently published market report by
Transparency Market Research (www.transparencymarketresearch.com) "Spectrometry Market (Atomic, Molecular and Mass
Spectrometry) - Global Scenario, Trends, Industry Analysis, Size, Share & Forecast 2011 – 2017," the global spectrometry
market was worth $10.2 billion in 2011 and is expected to reach $15.2 billion in 2017, growing at a compound annual growth
rate of 6.9% from 2011 to 2017. In the overall global market, the North American market is expected to maintain its lead position
in terms of revenue until 2017 and is expected to have approximately 36.2% of the market revenue share in 2017 followed by
Europe. We believe that both PCT and CP based products offer significant advantages in speed and quality compared with
current techniques used in the preparation of samples for mass spectrometry analysis.

●  Forensics. The  detection  of  DNA  has  become  a  part  of  the  analysis  of  forensic  samples  by  laboratories  and  criminal  justice
agencies  worldwide  in  their  efforts  to  identify  the  perpetrators  of  violent  crimes  and  missing  persons.  Scientists  from  the
University of North Texas and Florida International University have reported improvements in DNA yield from forensic samples
e.g.,  bone,  and  hair,  using  PCT  in  the  sample  preparation  process.  We  believe  PCT  may  be  capable  of  differentially  extracting
DNA from sperm and female epithelial cells in swabs collected from rape victims and stored in rape kits. According to the Joyful
Arts  Foundation’s  website,  an  organization  focused  on  bringing  justice  to  all  victims  of  rape  cases  that  remain  unsolved
(http://endthebacklog.org/whatisthebacklog.htm), “Experts in the federal government estimate that there are hundreds of thousands
of untested rape kits in police and crime lab storage facilities throughout the United States.” We believe this backlog exists for
reasons such as cost, processing time and quality of results. We further believe that the ability to differentially extract DNA from
the  sperm  while  not  extracting  DNA  from  the  female  epithelial  cells  could  reduce  the  cost  of  such  testing,  while  increasing
quality, safety and speed.

●  Histology.  The  most  commonly  used  technique  worldwide  for  the  preservation  of  biopsies  of  cancer  and  other  tissues  for
subsequent pathology evaluation is formalin-fixation followed by paraffin-embedding (“FFPE”). We believe that the quality and
analysis  of  FFPE  tissues  is  highly  problematic.  We  believe  PCT  offers  significant  advantages  over  current  processing  methods,
which include standardization, speed, biomolecule recovery and safety.

Our customers include researchers at academic laboratories, government agencies, biotechnology, pharmaceutical and other life sciences

companies in the United States, and distribution partners in foreign countries.

We have experienced negative cash flows from operations with respect to our business since inception. As of December 31, 2013, we
did not have adequate working capital resources to satisfy our current liabilities. Based on our current projections, including equity financing
subsequent to December 31, 2013, we believe our current cash resources will enable us to extend our cash resources until August 2014.

As a result, the audit report issued by our independent registered public accounting firm on our audited consolidated financial statements

for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, contains an explanatory paragraph regarding our ability to continue as a going concern. The
audit report issued by our independent registered public accounting firm for our financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2013 states that our auditing firm has substantial doubt in our ability to continue as a going concern due to the risk that we may not have
sufficient cash and liquid assets to cover our operating and capital requirements for the next twelve-month period; and, if sufficient cash
cannot be obtained, we would have to substantially alter, or possibly even discontinue, operations. The accompanying financial statements
do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

The conditions described above could adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on favorable terms, if at all, and may
cause investors to have reservations about our long-term prospects, and may adversely affect our relationships with customers. There can be
no assurance that our auditing firm will not qualify its opinion in the future. If we cannot successfully continue as a going concern, our
stockholders may lose their entire investment in us.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
Developments

Despite the continued uncertainty in the capital markets during 2013 that negatively affected the overall capital budgets of our existing

and prospective customers, and notwithstanding our limited financial resources during such time, we reported a number of accomplishments
during 2013 including:

2013

●  On December 12th, we filed a current report on Form 8K relating to the close of the first tranche ($1 million) of a $1.5 million

Convertible Preferred Stock and Common Warrant transaction.

●  On November 7th, we announced Q3 2013 financial results, including record quarterly total revenue, record quarterly products

and services revenue, record quarterly consumable sales, and record quarterly Shredder Systems sales.

●  On August 1 st,  we  reported  that  scientists  from  UCLA  presented  data  at  an  international  scientific  symposium  on  an  advanced
pressure-based instrument system for biomarker discovery and rational drug design that we believe could offer new insights into
protein structure and function.

●  On June 14th, we announced the close of the third and final tranche of our Series J $2.0 million Private Placement of Preferred
Stock and Warrants; we also announced the closing of a $500,000 one-year convertible debenture with an institutional investor.

●  On June 4th, we announced a core technology breakthrough; that we had succeeded in reaching a pivotal development in our PCT
platform  that  will  allow  the  processing  of  the  high  throughput  multiwell  format  found  in  research  (and  clinical)  laboratories
worldwide and that we expected this novel design would have a significant impact on our future growth.

●  On  May  21st,  we  announced  financial  results  for  Q1  2013:  total  revenue  increased  21%  over  the  Q1  2012,  consumable  sales

increased 64% over Q1 2012, and operating loss decreased 24% compared to Q1 2013.

●  On May 20th we closed the third and final tranche of an over-subscribed $1.5 million Convertible Preferred Stock and Common

Warrant transaction, in which the Company received a total of $2,034,700.

●  On May 16th, we reported the publication of a breakthrough method for lipid analysis in fecal material, developed by a team led by
Dr. Bruce Kristal (Harvard Medical School and the Brigham and Women’s Hospital).  We believe that this new method can help
increase the understanding of diseases and disorders related to gastrointestinal (GI) disorders.

●  On April 4 th, we announced that further advances had been made in the development of an improved method for rape kit sample
testing using PBI’s PCT Platform by Dr. Bruce McCord and his team at the International Forensic Research Institute of Florida
International University.

●  On March 19th, we announced that the use and advantages of PBI’s PCT Platform had been highlighted in cancer, stem cell, and
heart disease studies at an important protein research conference.  We believe that the FDA data indicate that PCT can be used to
extract proteins from stem cells with consistency and quality; the Johns Hopkins data indicate that combining PCT with heat might
be  a  way  to  recover  significantly  more  proteins  from  FFPE  tissues  compared  to  standard  (heat)  methods,  especially  membrane
proteins  (this  could  be  very  important  with  scientists  looking  for  disease  biomarkers);  and  the  ETH  Zurich  data  might  be
significant for extracting proteins from small, needle biopsy samples, something that we believe is vitally needed today yet not
well satisfied at the present time, and (we believe) a significant market opportunity. 

●  On February 12th, we announced that Dr. Mickey Urdea had been appointed to the Board of Directors of PBI.  Dr. Urdea is one of
the  most  well-known  entrepreneurs  and  leaders  in  biotechnology  today,  having  founded  two  successful  companies  (Halteres
Associates and Tethys Bioscience) over the past ten years.  Earlier in his career, Dr. Urdea led the infectious diseases R&D groups
at  Chiron  Corporation  and  Bayer  Diagnostics.    He  has  also  been  on  the  Scientific Advisory  Boards  of  numerous  life  sciences
companies and has been an advisor and consultant to the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation Diagnostic Forum.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Liquidity

Management has developed a plan to continue operations. This plan includes reducing expenses, streamlining operations, and obtaining
capital through an equity and/or debt financing including our most recently completed financing on February 28, 2014 (the “Series K Private
Placement”). In the Series K Private Placement, we sold units consisting of Preferred Stock convertible into the Company’s Common Stock
(“Common Stock”)  and  warrants  to  purchase  shares  of  Common  Stock  for  net  aggregate  proceeds  of  approximately  $2,849,110  in  three
tranches  of  $1,000,000,  $1,218,750  and  $630,360,  respectively. Although  we  have  successfully  completed  equity  financings  and  reduced
expenses  in  the  past,  we  cannot  assure  our  investors  that  our  plans  to  address  these  matters  in  the  future  will  be  successful. Additional
financing may not be available to us on a timely basis or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. In the event we are unable to raise sufficient
funds on terms acceptable to us, we may be required to:

●  severely  limit  or  cease  our  operations  or  otherwise  reduce  planned  expenditures  and  forego  other  business  opportunities,  which
could harm our business. The accompanying financial statements do not include adjustments that may be required in the event of
the disposal of assets or the discontinuation of the business;

●  obtain financing with terms that may have the effect of diluting or adversely affecting the holdings or the rights of the holders of
our  capital  stock;  or obtain  funds  through  arrangements  with  future  collaboration  partners  or  others  that  may  require  us  to
relinquish rights to some or all of our technologies or products;

●  or obtain funds through arrangements with future collaboration partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights to some

or all of our technologies or products.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in August 1978 as Boston Biomedica, Inc. In September 2004, we
completed the sale of Boston Biomedica’s core business units and began to focus exclusively on the development and commercialization of
the PCT platform. Following this change in business strategy, we changed our legal name from Boston Biomedica, Inc. to Pressure
BioSciences, Inc. (“PBI”). We began operations as PBI in February 2005, research and development activities in April 2006, early marketing
and selling activities of our Barocycler instruments in late 2007, and aggressive marketing and selling of our PCT-based instrument platform
in 2012.

Available Information

Our Internet website address is http://www.pressurebiosciences.com. Through our website, we make available, free of charge, reports we
file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), which include, but are not limited to, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly
reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any and all amendments to such reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we
electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. These SEC reports can be also accessed through the investor relations section
of our website. The information found on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.

You may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC
20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also
maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding Pressure BioSciences
and other issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s Internet website address is http://www.sec.gov.

Sample Preparation for Genomic, Proteomic, Lipidomic and Small Molecule Studies

The Market

Since February 2005, we have focused substantially all of our research and development and commercialization efforts on sample
preparation for genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and small molecule studies. This market is comprised of academic and government research
institutions, biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, and other public and private laboratories that are engaged in studying genomic,
proteomic and small molecule material within plant and animal cells, and tissues. We elected to initially focus our resources in the market of
genomic, proteomic and small molecule sample preparation because we believe it is an area that:

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
●  is a rapidly growing market;
●  has a large and immediate need for better technology;
●  is comprised mostly of research laboratories, which are subject to minimal governmental regulation;
●  is the least technically challenging application for the development of our products;
●  is compatible with our technical core competency; and
●  we currently have strong patent protection.

We believe that our existing PCT and CP-based instrumentation and related consumable products fill an important and growing need in

the sample preparation market for the safe, rapid, versatile, reproducible and quality extraction of nucleic acids, proteins and small
molecules from a wide variety of plant and animal cells and tissues.

Biomarker Discovery - Mass Spectrometry

      A biomarker is any substance (e.g., protein) that can be used as an indicator of the presence or absence of a particular disease-state or
condition, and to measure the progression and effects of therapy.  Biomarkers can help in the diagnosis, prognosis, therapy, prevention,
surveillance, control, and cure of diseases and medical conditions.

       A mass spectrometer is a laboratory instrument used in the analysis of biological samples, primarily proteins, in life sciences research. It
is frequently used to help discover biomarkers. According to a recently published market report by Transparency Market Research
(www.transparencymarketresearch.com) "Spectrometry Market (Atomic, Molecular and Mass Spectrometry) - Global Scenario, Trends,
Industry Analysis, Size, Share & Forecast 2011 – 2017," the global spectrometry market was worth $10.2 billion in 2011 and is expected to
reach $15.2 billion in 2017, growing at a compound annual growth rate of 6.9% from 2011 to 2017. In the overall global market, the North
American market is expected to maintain its lead position in terms of revenue till 2017 and is expected to have approximately 36.2% of the
market revenue share in 2017 followed by Europe. We believe PCT and CP-based products offes significant advantages in speed and quality
compared with current techniques used in the preparation of samples for mass spectrometry analysis.

Our plan is to focus primarily on the application of PCT-enhanced protein extraction and CP-based digestion for the mass spectrometry
market and the advantages of PCT and CP in this market, and the use of PCT and CP in biomarker discovery, soil and plant biology, counter
bio-terrorism and tissue pathology applications.

Forensics

The detection of DNA has become a part of the analysis of forensic samples by laboratories and criminal justice agencies worldwide in

their efforts to identify the perpetrators of violent crimes and missing persons. Scientists from the University of North Texas and Florida
International University have reported improvements in DNA yield from forensic samples e.g., bone and hair using PCT in the sample
preparation process. We believe that PCT may be capable of differentially extracting DNA from sperm and female epithelial cells in swabs
collected from rape victims and stored in rape kits. We also believe that there are many completed rape kits that remain untested for reasons
such as cost, time and quality of results. We further believe that the ability to differentially extract DNA from sperm and not epithelial cells
could reduce the cost of such testing, while increasing quality, safety and speed.

Histology

The most commonly used technique worldwide for the preservation of cancer and other tissues for subsequent pathology evaluation is

formalin-fixation followed by paraffin-embedding, or FFPE. We believe that the quality and analysis of FFPE tissues is highly problematic,
and that PCT offers significant advantages over current processing methods, including standardization, speed, biomolecule recovery, and
safety.

Sample Extraction Process

The process of preparing samples for genomic, proteomic and small molecule studies includes a crucial step called sample extraction or
sample disruption. This is the process of extracting nucleic acid i.e., DNA and/or RNA, proteins or small molecules from the plant or animal
cells and tissues that are being studied. Sample preparation is widely regarded as a significant impediment to research and discovery and
sample extraction is generally regarded as the key part of sample preparation. Our current commercialization efforts are based upon our
belief that pressure cycling technology provides a superior solution to sample extraction compared with other available technologies or
procedures and can thus significantly improve the quality of sample preparation.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Collaboration Program

Our collaboration program is an important element of our business strategy. Initiating a collaboration with a researcher involves the

installation of a Barocycler instrument for an agreed upon period of time of approximately three to six months, and the execution of an
agreed upon work plan. Our primary objectives for entering into a collaboration agreement include:

●  the development of a new application for PCT and CP in sample preparation;
●  the  advancement  and  validation  of  our  understanding  of  PCT  and  CP  within  an  area  of  life  sciences  in  which  we  already  offer

products;

●  the demonstration of the effectiveness of PCT and CP to specific research scientists who we believe can have a positive impact on

market acceptance of PCT; and

●  the expectation of peer-reviewed publications and/or presentations at scientific meetings by a third  party on the merits of PCT and

CP.

Since we initiated our collaboration program in June 2005, third party researchers have cited the use of our PCT platform in publications

and presentations. We believe that this program has provided and continues to provide us with independent and objective data about PCT
from well-respected laboratories in the United States and throughout the rest of the world.

Company Products

We believe our PCT and CP products allow researchers to improve scientific research studies in the life sciences field. Our products are
developed with the expectation of meeting or exceeding the needs of research scientists while enhancing the safety, speed and quality that is
available to them with existing sample preparation technology.

Barocycler Instrumentation

Our Barocycler product line consists of laboratory instrumentation that subjects a sample to cycles of pressure from ambient to ultra-

high levels and then back to ambient; all in a precisely controlled manner. Our instruments, the Barocycler NEP3229 and Barocycler
NEP2320, use cycles of high, hydrostatic pressure to quickly and efficiently break up the cellular structures of a specimen to release nucleic
acids, proteins, lipids and small molecules from the specimen into our consumable processing tube, referred to as our PULSE Tubes. Our
Barocycler instrumentation is designed to fit on a laboratory bench top, inside a biological safety cabinet, or on the shelf of a laboratory cold
room. Our instruments have an external chiller hook-up (to control temperature during the PCT process), automatic fill and dispensing
valves, and an integrated micro-processor keypad. The microprocessor is capable of saving up to 99 specific PCT protocols; so, the
researcher can achieve maximum reproducibility for the extraction of nucleic acids, proteins, lipids, or small molecules from various
biological samples. Our Barocycler instruments and our consumable products make up our current PCT Sample Preparation System (See
below).

Barocycler NEP3229 – The Barocycler NEP3229 contains two units – a user interface and a power source – comprised primarily of a

1.5 horsepower motor and pump assembly (hydraulic). Combined, the two components of the NEP3229 weigh approximately 350
pounds.  The Barocycler NEP3229 is capable of processing up to three samples simultaneously using our specially designed, single-use
PULSE Tubes and up to 48 samples simultaneously using our specially-designed MicroTubes.

Barocycler NEP2320 – The Barocycler NEP2320 is a smaller, more compact version of our NEP3229 unit. It weighs approximately 80

pounds (with accessories), and works on compressed air (pneumatic) instead of hydraulics like the larger NEP3229 unit.  Because this
instrument is pneumatic, the NEP2320 can be easily attached by an air hose to a typical 85 psi air compressor found in most scientific
laboratories as well as many consumer-sold portable compressors or even to bottled gas.  This instrument is used by our sales directors as a
demonstration instrument and is marketed as a second instrument alternative to our PCT SPS.  The Barocycler NEP2320 is capable of
processing one sample at a time using our specially designed, single-use PULSE Tubes and up to 16 samples simultaneously using our
specially-designed MicroTubes.

Barocycler HUB440 – The Barocycler HUB440 was introduced to collaborators in the electron paramagnetic resonance (“EPR”) market

in 2011 for testing in a laboratory environment, and to elicit feedback from research scientists on performance and capabilities.  The
Barocycler HUB440 is capable of creating and controlling hydrostatic pressure from 35 Bar (500 psi) to 4,000 Bar (58,000 psi).  It is
computer controlled, and runs on software that was specially-written by PBI in LabVIEW (by National Instruments Corporation). PBI owns
the rights and has a license to use the specialty LabVIEW software. The Barocycler HUB440 is the first portable, ready to use pressure
generator for the laboratory bench.  We believe that over the coming years, the Barocycler HUB440 will be the main instrument in the
Company’s pressure-based instrument line.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PCT MicroTube Adapter Kit – The PCT MicroTube Adapter Kit includes an ergonomically designed, space-saving Workstation, PCT

MicroTubes and MicroCaps, and specialized tools to enable the user to process up to forty-eight samples simultaneously in our PCT SPS, as
compared to three with the Barocycler NEP3229.

The Shredder SG3 –The Shredder SG3 is a low shear mechanical homogenization system for use with tough, fibrous and other difficult-

to-disrupt tissues and organisms.  The Shredder SG3 System uses a variety of Shredder PULSE Tubes to directly and rapidly grind a
biological sample which, when combined with selected buffers, can provide effective extraction of proteins, DNA, RNA, lipids and small
molecules from tissues and organisms.  The Shredder SG3 features a three position force setting lever, which enables the operator to select
and apply reproducible force to the sample during the shredding process and eliminates the need for the operator to exert force for long
periods when processing one or more samples.

Cell Disruption Instrumentation

We  are  also  the  exclusive  distributor  throughout  all  of  the Americas  for  the  Constant  Systems  cell  disruption  equipment,  parts,  and
consumables. Constant Systems, Ltd (“CS”), a British company located about 90 minutes northwest of London, England, has been providing
niche  biomedical  equipment,  related  consumable  products,  and  services  to  a  global  client  base  since  1989.  CS  designs,  develops,  and
manufactures high pressure cell disruption equipment required by life sciences laboratories worldwide, particularly disruption systems for
the  extraction  of  proteins.  The  CS  equipment  provides  a  constant  and  controlled  cell  disruptive  environment,  giving  the  user  superior,
constant, and reproducible results whatever the application. CS has nearly 900 units installed in over 40 countries worldwide. The CS cell
disruption  equipment  has  proven  performance  in  the  extraction  of  cellular  components,  such  as  protein  from  yeast,  bacteria,  mammalian
cells, and other sample types.

The  CS  pressure-based  cell  disruption  equipment  and  the  PBI  PCT  instrumentation  complement  each  other  in  several  important
ways.  While both the CS and PBI technologies are based on high pressure, each product line has fundamental scientific capabilities that the
other does not offer.  PBI’s PCT Platform uses certain patented pressure mechanisms to achieve small-scale, molecular level effects.  CS’s
technology  uses  different,  proprietary  pressure  mechanisms  for  larger-scale,  non-molecular  level  processing.    In  a  number  of  routine
laboratory applications, such as protein extraction, both effects can be critical to success. Therefore, for protein extraction and a number of
other important scientific applications, we believe laboratories will benefit by using the CS and PBI products, either separately or together.

Baracycler Consumable Products

PULSE Tubes (FT500) – The FT500 PULSE Tube is a specially-designed, plastic, single-use, processing container with two chambers

separated by a small disk with small holes.  This small disk is referred to as a Lysis Disk.  PULSE Tubes transmit the power of PCT from the
Barocycler instrument to the sample.  In sample extraction, the specimen is placed on the Lysis Disk.  Buffers are added to the PULSE tube
and the PULSE Tube is capped and placed in the pressure chamber of the Barocycler instrument.  The pressure chamber fluid then is added
and pressurization begins.  As pressure increases, a small moveable piston pushes the specimen from the top (sample) chamber, through the
Lysis Disk and into the bottom (fluid retention) chamber.  When pressure is released, the sample, which is now partially homogenized, is
pulled back through the Lysis Disk by the receding ram.  The combination of physical passage through the Lysis Disk, rapid pressure
changes and other biophysical mechanisms related to cycled pressure break up the cellular structures of the specimen to quickly and
efficiently release nucleic acids, proteins, lipids and small molecules.

Non-Disk PULSE Tubes (FT500-ND) – The FT500-ND PULSE Tube is a specially-designed, plastic, single-use, processing container

with one chamber separated by a small disk with small holes.  The FT500-ND is similar to the FT500 in look and feel, except there is no
Lysis Disk separating the body of the processing container into two chambers, as in the FT500.  The design change was based on market
demand for a PCT consumable for the rapid and reproducible processing of solutions and suspensions that do not require partial
homogenization by passage through a Lysis Disk and for a consumable that could accept smaller sample volumes.  The FT500-ND offers
variable sample volumes with a range five times that of the existing FT500.

10

 
 
 
 
 
ProteoSolve - SB – (ProteoSolve for Systems Biology) is a PCT-dependent method for the simultaneous extraction, isolation and

fractionation of nucleic acids (DNA and RNA), proteins and lipids from animal and plant samples routinely used in laboratory research.  This
patent-pending kit contains proprietary reagents, consumable processing containers (PULSE Tubes) and instructions for use.  It is intended to
be used with our patented PCT Sample Preparation System.  The kit is based on an approach to a "systems biology" sample preparation
method that was first unveiled during early 2008 in collaboration with Dr. Alexander Ivanov, who was then with the Harvard School of
Public Health.

ProteoSolve - CE – (ProteoSolve for Conventional Extraction) is a PCT-dependent kit for the extraction of proteins from a variety of

samples using optimized detergent-based reagent system compatible with two-dimensional electrophoresis or two-dimensional
chromatographic separation for proteomic analysis.  The kit contains the reagents and instructions necessary for the extraction of either
denatured or non-denatured proteins, which can then be used for the analysis of protein structure and function.

Mitochondria Isolation Kits – These kits contain the chemical ingredients necessary for a scientist to extract mitochondria from skeletal

muscle and lung tissue for subsequent analysis.  Mitochondria play a major role in generating the energy required to power most cell
processes and are involved in other important cell functions. Mitochondria have been implicated in several human diseases, including heart
disease, stroke, Parkinson's disease, cancer and other mitochondrial diseases.

We believe our development of these products has helped, and will continue to help, drive the adoption of PCT within the life sciences

market.

Company Services

Government Grants and Contracts

We view federal agency grants to be an important part of our business plan.  These types of grants allow us to bill the federal agency for
work that we are planning to perform as part of the development and commercialization of our technology.  We generally start by submitting
initial grant requests that are in response to requests for proposals (“RFPs”) from the federal government through their Small Business
Innovation Research (“SBIR”) program.  Initial (“SBIR Phase I”) grants are meant to fund approved research projects for six months, and
generally have budgets of approximately $100,000 to $150,000.  Because our work in SBIR Phase I grants has been successful, we have
applied, and may in the future apply for larger National Institutes of Health (“NIH”) SBIR Phase II grants.  Such larger grants are typically
for a two-year period and can offer as much as $1,000,000 to support significant research projects in areas we would otherwise expect to
support with internal funds should SBIR Phase II grants not be awarded.  To date, we have been awarded three NIH SBIR Phase I grants and
one SBIR Phase II grant.  The data on one of the NIH SBIR Phase I grants was the basis for the submission, and subsequent award, of the
NIH SBIR Phase II grant awarded to us in the approximate amount of $850,000 in August 2008.  This NIH SBIR Phase II grant was for
work in the area of using PCT to extract protein biomarkers, sub-cellular molecular complexes, and organelles, with the expectation that
these studies might ultimately lead to the release of a new, commercially available PCT-based system, with validated protocols, end-user kits,
and other consumables intended for the extraction of clinically important protein biomarkers, sub-cellular molecular complexes, and
organelles from human and animal tissues.  All three of the NIH SBIR Phase I grants and the NIH SBIR Phase II grant have been completed.

In October 2011, we were awarded a contract for approximately $850,000 from the Department of Defense (“DoD”) to help fund the

development of a PCT-based system to improve the processing of pathogenic organisms, specifically viruses and bacteria.  The contract
funded studies until September 2013.

Extended Service Contracts

We offer extended service contracts on our laboratory instrumentation to all of our customers.  These service contracts allow a customer
who purchases a Barocycler instrument to receive on-site scheduled preventative maintenance, on-site repair and replacement of all worn or
defective component parts, and telephone support, all at no incremental cost for the life of the service contract.  We offer one-year and four-
year extended service contracts to customers who purchase Barocycler instruments.

Other Applications of Pressure Cycling Technology

PCT is an enabling, platform technology based on a physical process that had not previously been used to control bio-molecular
interactions.  During its early development, under the legacy business of Boston Biomedica, Inc., our scientists were researching and
developing applications of pressure cycling technology in many areas of the life sciences, including genomic, proteomic and small molecule
sample preparation.  The data generated during these early years, combined with the data generated since we began focusing on PCT
operations in February 2005, form the basis of knowledge that we believe will allow us to successfully commercialize PCT both within and
outside of the sample preparation market.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our research and development efforts have shown that, in addition to genomic, proteomic and small molecule sample preparation, PCT

is potentially beneficial in a number of other areas of the life sciences, including pathogen inactivation, protein purification, control of
chemical (particularly enzymatic) reactions, and immunodiagnostics.  Other applications in the sample preparation market include forensics
and histology, as we discuss above.  Our pursuit of these markets, however, depends on a number of factors, including our success in
commercializing PCT in the area of sample preparation, our judgment regarding the investment required to be successful in these areas, the
value of these markets to our company, and the availability of sufficient financial resources.  Below is a brief explanation of each of these
additional potential applications and a short description of why we believe PCT can be used to improve scientific studies in these areas.

Pathogen Inactivation

Biological products manufactured for human use, such as blood, vaccines and drugs, are put through rigorous processing protocols in an

effort to minimize the potential of that product to transmit disease.  These protocols may include methods to remove infectious materials
such as pre-processing testing, filtration or chromatography, or methods to inactivate infectious materials that are not captured in the removal
steps such as pasteurization, irradiation and solvent detergent inactivation.  Notwithstanding current diligence in both the removal and
inactivation steps, significant concern remains that some bacteria and viruses capable of transmitting infection to recipients may not be
removed or inactivated with current procedures.  In addition, some removal and inactivation methods may not be useful because of cost,
safety, ease-of-use or other practical concerns.  To that end, we believe that a new inactivation method is needed that can safely, rapidly and
inexpensively inactivate pathogens in blood, vaccines and drugs without the need for chemical or other potentially toxic additives.  We
believe we have successfully generated proof-of-concept that PCT can satisfy this need.  We believe that compared with current procedures,
a process that uses PCT has the potential to increase safety and yield, lower cost and decrease the potential side effects of current
methods.  We have been issued U.S., European, and Japanese patents for this PCT-dependent inactivation technology.

Protein Purification

Many vaccines and drugs are comprised of proteins.  These proteins need to be purified from complex mixtures as part of the

manufacturing process. Current purification techniques often result in the loss of a significant amount of the protein.  Therefore, any method
that could increase the amount of protein being recovered in the purification step, could subsequently lead to a reduction in cost to the
manufacturer.  We believe we have successfully generated proof-of-concept that PCT can satisfy this need. We believe that compared with
current purification procedures, a process that uses PCT has the potential to increase protein recovery, increase the quality of the product,
and lower production costs.  We have been issued U.S. and European patents in this area.

Control of Chemical (Particularly Enzymatic) Reactions

Chemical reactions encompass many important interactions in nature.  Methods used to control chemical reactions could have a positive

effect on the quality, speed, and overall result of the reaction.  The control and detection of chemical reactions is particularly useful in the
biotechnology field for synthesizing and characterizing such molecules as nucleic acids and polypeptides.  We believe that PCT offers
distinct advantages in controlling chemical reactions over current methods, since PCT can provide precise, automated control over the timing
and synchronization of chemical reactions, particularly enzymatic reactions.  We have been issued U.S. and European patents in this area.

Immunodiagnostics

Many tests used in the clinical laboratory today are based on the formation of a complex between two proteins, such as an antigen and an

antibody.  Such “immunodiagnostic” methods are used for the detection of infectious agents such as the human immunodeficiency virus
(“HIV”), hepatitis viruses, West Nile virus, and others, as well as for endocrine, drug testing and cancer diagnostics.  We have generated
proof-of-concept that PCT may be used to control biomolecular interactions between proteins, such as antigens and antibodies.  We believe
this capability may provide a greater degree of sensitivity and quantitative accuracy in immunodiagnostic testing than that offered by
methods that are available today.  We have been issued U.S. and European patents in this area.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Customers

Our customers include researchers at academic laboratories, government agencies, biotechnology companies, pharmaceutical companies

and other life science institutions in the United States. Our customers also include 11 foreign distribution partners.  Our goal is to continue
our market penetration in these target groups and releasing products in our publicized product pipeline.  We also believe that there is a
significant opportunity to sell and/or lease additional Barocycler instrumentation to additional laboratories at current customer institutions.

If we are successful in commercializing PCT in applications beyond our current focus area of genomic, proteomic, and small molecule
sample preparation and if we are successful in our attempts to attract additional capital, our potential customer base could expand to include
hospitals, reference laboratories, blood banks and transfusion centers, plasma collection centers, pharmaceutical manufacturing plants and
other sites involved in each specific application.  If we are successful in forensics, our potential customers could be laboratories, military and
other government agencies.  If we are successful in histology, our potential customers could be pharmaceutical companies, hospitals, and
laboratories focused on drug discovery or correlation of disease states.

Competition

We compete with companies that have existing technologies for the extraction of nucleic acids, proteins and small molecules from cells

and tissues, including methods such as mortar and pestle grinding, sonication, rotor-stator homogenization, French Press, bead beating,
freezer milling, enzymatic digestion and chemical dissolution. We believe that there are a number of significant issues related to the use of
these methods, including: complexity, sample containment, cross-contamination, shearing of biomolecules of interest, and limited
applicability to different sample types, ease-of-use, reproducibility, and cost.  We believe that our PCT Sample Preparation System offers a
number of significant advantages over these methods, including

●  labor reduction
●  temperature control
●  precision
●  reproducibility

●  versatility
●  efficiency
●  simplicity
●  safety

To be competitive in the industry, we believe we must be able to clearly and conclusively demonstrate to potential customers that our

products provide these improved performance capabilities.  We strongly believe that our PCT Sample Preparation System is a novel and
enabling system for genomic, proteomic, and small molecule sample preparation.  As such, many users of current manual techniques will
need to be willing to challenge their existing methods of sample preparation and invest time to evaluate a method that could change their
overall workflow in the sample preparation process, prior to adopting our technology.

Further, we are aware that the cost of the PCT Sample Preparation System may be greater than the cost of many of the other techniques
currently employed.  Consequently we are focusing our sales efforts on those product attributes that we believe will be most important and
appealing to potential customers, namely versatility, reproducibility, quality and safety.

Manufacturing and Supply

BIT Group USA, formerly Source Scientific, LLC, currently provides all of the manufacturing and assembly services for our Barocycler

NEP2320 and Barocycler NEP3229 instrumentation products under an informal, unwritten understanding.  We currently manufacture and
assemble the Barocycler HUB440, the Shredder SG3, and the MicroTubes at our South Easton facility.  We plan to continue to utilize BIT
Group USA as our primary assembler and contract manufacturer of our current, and future, Barocycler NEP 2320 and 3229
instruments.  Until we develop a broader network of manufacturers and subcontractors, obtaining alternative sources of supply or
manufacturing services could involve significant delays and other costs and challenges, and may not be available to us on reasonable terms,
if at all. The failure of a supplier or contract manufacturer to provide sufficient quantities, acceptable quality and timely products at an
acceptable price, or an interruption of supplies from such a supplier could harm our business and prospects.

Research and Development

Our research and development activities are split into two functional areas, applications and engineering.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1.  Applications Research and Development: Our highly educated and trained staff has years of experience in molecular and cellular
biology, virology, and proteomics. Our team of scientists focuses on the development of our PCT Sample Preparation System and
further commercialization of PCT-dependent genomic, proteomic, and small molecule sample preparation methods. Dr. Alexander
Lazarev,  our  vice  president  of  Research  &  Development,  meets  regularly  with  our  sales,  marketing,  and  engineering  staff  to
discuss  market  needs  and  trends.  Our  applications  research  and  development  team  is  responsible  for  the  technical  review  of  all
scientific  collaborations,  for  the  support  of  our  marketing  and  sales  departments  through  the  generation  of  internal  data  in  a
number of areas of market interest, and in the development of commercially-viable PCT-dependent products.

2.  Engineering  Research  and  Development: Our  engineering  research  and  development  team  is  focused  on  the  design  and
development  of  new  and  improved  instrumentation  and  consumable  products  to  support  the  commercialization  of  PCT.  Our
engineering  department  is  led  by  Dr.  Edmund  Ting,  our  senior  vice  president  of  engineering.  The  primary  focus  of  our
engineering  group  is  to  ensure  seamless  production  processes,  perform  installations  and  field  service,  and  work  with  our
application  scientists  to  complete  the  development  of  a  high  throughput  sample  processing  system  for  the  mass  spectrometry
market.

Product Pipeline

The following instruments are in our research and development pipeline:

●  Barocycler FFPE Protein Extraction Instrument System - A PCT-based system offering the enhanced extraction of proteins from
formalin-fixed,  paraffin-embedded  (“FFPE”)  samples  using  a  modified  Barocycler  instrument  that  combines  the  advantages  of
pressure cycling, high temperature and certain reagents.

●  XstreamPCT™ HPLC Digestion Module  - For automated, in-line, on-demand PCT-enhanced protein digestion; the first module in

PBI's PCT-based HPLC platform.

●  Barocycler HT Multiwell (24-384) - For high throughput, PCT-enhanced biomolecule extraction/accelerated enzymatic digestion

with the capability of processing 48 - 384 samples.

●  Barocycler  HUB880  High  Pressure  - The  next  in  the  line  of  modular,  high  pressure  generating  instruments,  the  Barocycler
HUB880  will  be  capable  of  creating  and  controlling  hydrostatic  pressure  from  35  Bar  (500  psi)  to  approximately  7,000  Bar
(100,000  psi).    The  higher  pressure  limit  of  the  Barocycler  HUB880  will  be  nearly  two  times  the  upper  limit  of  its’  sister
instrument, the Barocycler HUB440. This higher limit will allow users to study the effects of pressure on substances (e.g., certain
proteins) that do not react to pressures below 58,000 psi. Like the Barocycler HUB440, the Barocycler HUB880 will be computer
controlled  and  run  on  software  specially-written  by  PBI  in  LabVIEW.  (by  National  Instruments  Corporation).  The  Barocycler
HUB880  will  be  the  first  portable,  ready  to  use  pressure  generator  for  the  laboratory  bench  that  can  reach  pressures  between
60,000 and 100,000 psi.  We believe that over the coming years, the Barocycler HUB880 will be one of the main instruments in
the Company’s pressure-based instruments line.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing efforts are centered on using the independent data developed and disseminated by our collaboration partners to

help drive the installed base of our PCT Sample Preparation System. The development of scientific data by our partners and our internal
researchers provides our sales and marketing staff with additional tools that are essential in selling a new technology such as PCT.

Sales

Direct US Sales Force

Our domestic sales force currently consists of one full-time sales director and one part-time salesperson. We believe that hiring seasoned
sales professionals with significant industry experience will allow us to penetrate the market more effectively than with a small, focused sales
force. We may increase the number of sales professionals if our financial resources permit and if we believe that doing so will accelerate our
commercialization efforts.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign Distributor Network

Currently, we have 11 distribution arrangements covering 22 countries in Europe, Asia and Australia.  In June 2008, we entered into a

distribution agreement with Veritas Corporation (“Veritas”) of Tokyo, Japan pursuant to which we granted Veritas exclusive distribution
rights to all of our products in Japan. This agreement extends through December 31, 2013. In October 2011, we entered into a distribution
agreement with IUL Instruments GmbH (“IUL”) of Germany pursuant to which we granted IUL exclusive distribution rights to all of our
products in Germany and Switzerland through March 31, 2014. In November 2011, we entered into a distributor agreement with Oroboros
Instruments Corp. (“Oroboros”) of Austria pursuant to which we granted Oroboros non-exclusive world-wide distribution rights to the PBI
Shredder SG3 System and related products through December 31, 2013.  In March and July 2012, we entered into a distribution agreement
with six companies pursuant to which we granted non-exclusive distribution rights to certain PCT products in six European and Asian
countries and Australia through December 2013.  In October 2012, we entered into a supply agreement with Cole Parmer Corporation
pursuant to which we granted Cole Parmer non-exclusive, worldwide distribution rights to our PBI Shredder SG3 System and related
consumables through December 2014.  In November 2012, we entered into a distribution agreement with UK-based Constant Systems
(“CS”), pursuant to which we granted Constant Systems non-exclusive distribution rights to certain of our PCT SPS product line in 12
European and Asian countries. This Agreement terminates on May 31, 2014.  In June 2013, CS and PBI signed an expanded Distribution
Agreement that made PBI the exclusive distributor of CS products throughout all of the Americas; this Agreement also terminates on May
31, 2014.  CS and PBI began discussions in January 2014 to extend both agreements for a minimum of two years.

Marketing and Sales

Our marketing and sales function is led by Dr. Nathan Lawrence, our vice president of Marketing and Sales. Dr. Lawrence oversees and

directs marketing and sales activities such as trade show attendance and sponsorship, on-line advertising, website maintenance and
improvement, search engine optimization, creation and dissemination of a PCT newsletter, market research initiatives, the arrangement of
on-location seminars, lectures, and demonstrations of PCT capabilities, and the supervision of our two-person sales force. Dr. Lawrence is
also responsible for the overall coordination of our collaboration programs, from initial set-up, research plan design, and training, service,
and data analysis. Some of these responsibilities are shared with other PBI departments such as Research and Development, but marketing
and sales drives the collaborative process. Dr. Lawrence is also responsible for the continued coordination and support of our foreign and
domestic distribution partners.

In January and May 2012, we entered into co-marketing/selling and research and development agreements with Digilab, a provider of
products for life sciences, analytical chemistry and diagnostic markets, and LEAP Technologies, a provider of automation equipment for the
genomic and proteomic industries.  Under these agreements, we are co-marketing and co-selling our respective product lines worldwide,
including in industry publications, at scientific meetings, on each company’s website, through common collaborator studies, at key industry
trade shows, and in visits to customer sites. We are also exploring ways to co-develop new instrumentation, accessories/modules for existing
instrumentation, and consumables that combine the robotics and high throughput capabilities of these companies’ products with the
extraction, protein digestion, and other advantages of our PCT platform.

Intellectual Property

We believe that protection of our patents and other intellectual property is essential to our business. Subject to the availability of

sufficient financial resources, our practice is to file patent applications to protect technology, inventions, and improvements to inventions that
are important to our business development. We also rely on trade secrets, know-how, and technological innovations to develop and maintain
our potential competitive position.

To date, we have been granted 14 United States and 10 foreign patents. Our issued patents expire between 2015 and 2027. Our failure to

obtain and maintain adequate patent protection may adversely affect our ability to enter into, or affect the terms of, any arrangement for the
marketing or sale of any of our PCT products. It may also allow our competitors to duplicate our products without our permission and
without compensation.

License Agreements Relating to Pressure Cycling Technology

BioMolecular Assays, Inc.

In 1996, we acquired our initial equity interest in BioSeq, Inc., which at the time was developing our original pressure cycling

technology. BioSeq, Inc. acquired its pressure cycling technology from BioMolecular Assays, Inc. under a technology transfer and patent
assignment agreement. In 1998, we purchased all of the remaining outstanding capital stock of BioSeq, Inc., and at such time, the technology
transfer and patent assignment agreement was amended to require us to pay BioMolecular Assays, Inc., a 5% royalty on our sales of products
or services that incorporate or utilize the original pressure cycling technology that BioSeq, Inc. acquired from BioMolecular Assays, Inc. We
are also required to pay BioMolecular Assays, Inc. 5% of the proceeds from any sale, transfer or license of all or any portion of the original
pressure cycling technology. These payment obligations terminate in 2016. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we
incurred approximately $23,785 and $23,634, respectively, in royalty expense associated with our obligation to BioMolecular Assays, Inc.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In connection with our acquisition of BioSeq, Inc., we licensed certain limited rights to the original pressure cycling technology back to

BioMolecular Assays, Inc. This license is non-exclusive and limits the use of the original pressure cycling technology by BioMolecular
Assays, Inc. solely for molecular applications in scientific research and development and in scientific plant research and development.
BioMolecular Assays, Inc. is required to pay us a royalty equal to 20% of any license or other fees and royalties, but not including research
support and similar payments, it receives in connection with any sale, assignment, license or other transfer of any rights granted to
BioMolecular Assays, Inc. under the license. BioMolecular Assays, Inc. must pay us these royalties until the expiration of the patents held
by BioSeq, Inc. in 1998, which we anticipate will be 2016. We have not received any royalty payments from BioMolecular Assays, Inc.
under this license.

Battelle Memorial Institute

In December 2008, we entered into an exclusive patent license agreement with the Battelle Memorial Institute ("Battelle"). The licensed
technology is the subject of a patent application filed by Battelle in 2008 and relates to a method and a system for improving the analysis of
protein samples, including through an automated system utilizing pressure and a pre-selected agent to obtain a digested sample in a
significantly shorter period of time than current methods, while maintaining the integrity of the sample throughout the preparatory process.
In addition to royalty payments on net sales on “licensed products,” we are obligated to make minimum royalty payments for each year that
we retain the rights outlined in the patent license agreement and we are required to have our first commercial sale of the licensed products
within one year following the issuance of the patent covered by the licensed technology. The minimum annual royalty for 2012 was
$10,000. Our only obligation for 2013 was a minimum royalty payment of $4,025.

Regulation

Many of our activities are subject to regulation by governmental authorities within the United States and similar bodies outside of the

United States. The regulatory authorities may govern the collection, testing, manufacturing, safety, efficacy, labeling, storage, record
keeping, transportation, approval, advertising, and promotion of our products, as well as the training of our employees.

All of our commercialization efforts to date are focused in the area of genomic, proteomic and small molecule sample preparation. We

do not believe that our current Barocycler products used in sample preparation are considered “medical devices” under the United States
Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the “FDA Act”) and we do not believe that we are subject to the law’s general control provisions that include
requirements for registration, listing of devices, quality regulations, labeling and prohibitions against misbranding and adulteration. We also
do not believe that we are subject to regulatory inspection and scrutiny. If, however, we are successful in commercializing PCT in
applications beyond our current focus area of genomic, proteomic and small molecule sample preparation, such as protein purification,
pathogen inactivation and immunodiagnostics, our products may be considered “medical devices” under the FDA Act, at which point we
would be subject to the law’s general control provisions and regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) that include
requirements for registration listing of devices, quality regulations, labeling, and prohibitions against misbranding and adulteration. The
process of obtaining approval to market these devices in the other potential applications of PCT would be costly and time consuming and
could prohibit us from pursuing such markets.

We may also become subject to the European Pressure Equipment Directive, which requires certain pressure equipment meet certain
quality and safety standards. We do not believe that we are currently subject to this directive because our Barocycler instruments are below
the threshold documented in the text of the directive. If our interpretation were to be challenged, we could incur significant costs defending
the challenge, and we could face production and selling delays, all of which could harm our business.

We self-certified that our Barocycler instrumentation was electromagnetically compatible, or “CE” compliant, which means that our
Barocycler instruments meet the essential requirements of the relevant European health, safety and environmental protection legislation. In
order to maintain our CE Marking, a requirement to sell equipment in many countries of the European Union, we are obligated to uphold
certain safety and quality standards.

16

 
 
 
 
 
Employees

At December 31, 2013, we had 9 full-time employees and 3 part-time employees. All employees enter into confidentiality agreements

intended to protect our proprietary information. We believe that our relations with our employees are good. None of our employees are
represented by a labor union. Our performance depends on our ability to attract and retain qualified professional, scientific and technical
staff. The level of competition among employers for skilled personnel is high. Subject to our limited financial resources, we attempt to
maintain employee benefit plans to enhance employee morale, professional commitment and work productivity and provide an incentive for
employees to remain with us.

ITEM 1A 

 RISK FACTORS.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of our
objectives, expectations and intentions. The cautionary statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read as applicable to
all forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this report. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed herein.
Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include those discussed below, as well as those discussed elsewhere in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.

As of March 25, 2014, we had available cash of approximately $314,896. We require additional capital to fund our operations and

cannot ensure that additional capital will be available on acceptable terms or at all.

We have experienced negative cash flows from operations from our pressure cycling technology business since we commenced our

pressure cycling technology operations. As of March 25, 2014, we had available cash of approximately $314,896 which, based on current
projections, including additional fund raising, will be sufficient to fund operations until August 2014. We need substantial additional capital
to fund our operations beyond August 2014.

We have received an opinion from our independent registered public accounting firm expressing substantial doubt regarding our ability

to continue as a going concern.

The audit report issued by our independent registered public accounting firm on our audited consolidated financial statements for the

fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 contains an explanatory paragraph regarding our ability to continue as a going concern. The audit
report states that our auditing firm has substantial doubt in our ability to continue as a going concern due to the risk that we may not have
sufficient cash and liquid assets at December 31, 2013 to cover our operating and capital requirements for the next twelve-month period; and
if sufficient cash cannot be obtained, we would have to substantially alter, or possibly even discontinue, operations. The accompanying
consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Management has developed a plan to continue operations. This plan includes further reductions in expenses and obtaining equity or debt

financing including our most recently completed financing on February 28, 2014  in which we sold units consisting of shares of convertible
preferred stock and warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock for net proceeds of approximately $630,360.  Although we have
successfully completed equity financings and reduced expenses in the past, we cannot assure you that our plans to address these matters in
the future will be successful.

The factors described above could adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on favorable terms, if at all, and may cause

investors to have reservations about our long-term prospects, and may adversely affect our relationships with customers. There can be no
assurance that our auditing firm will not qualify its opinion in the future. If we cannot successfully continue as a going concern, our
stockholders may lose their entire investment in us.

Our business could be adversely affected if we fail to implement and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal

control over financial reporting.   

We concluded that as of December 31, 2013, our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial reporting
were not effective.  As described in Item 9A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we have determined that we have limited resources for
adequate personnel to prepare and file reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 within the required time periods and that material
weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting exist relating to our accounting for complex equity transactions.  If we are unable
to implement and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and remediate the material weaknesses in a timely manner, or if we
identify other material weaknesses in the future, our ability to produce accurate and timely financial statements and public reports could be
impaired, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition. We identified a lack of sufficient segregation of
duties.  Specifically, this material weakness is such that the design over these areas relies primarily on detective controls and could be
strengthened by adding preventive controls to properly safeguard assets.   In addition, investors may lose confidence in our reported
information and the market price of our Common Stock may decline.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We will need a greater amount of additional capital than we currently expect to need if we experience unforeseen costs or expenses,

unanticipated liabilities or delays in implementing our business plan, developing our products and achieving commercial sales.

We need substantial capital to implement our sales distribution strategy for our current products and to develop and commercialize future
products using our pressure cycling technology products and services in the sample preparation area, as well as for applications in other areas
of life sciences. Our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including but not limited to:

●  the problems, delays, expenses, and complications frequently encountered by early-stage companies;
●  market acceptance of our pressure cycling technology products and services for sample preparation;
●  the success of our sales and marketing programs; and
●  changes in economic, regulatory or competitive conditions in the markets we intend to serve.

To satisfy our potential capital requirements to cover the cost of implementing our sales distribution strategy for our current products and
services and to develop and commercialize future products and services using our pressure cycling technology relating to sample preparation
and other life science applications, we need to raise additional funds in the public or private capital markets. We may seek to raise any
necessary additional funds through the issuance of warrants, equity or debt financings or executing collaborative arrangements with
corporate partners or other sources, which may be dilutive to existing stockholders or otherwise have a material effect on our current or
future business prospects. Additional financing may not be available to us on a timely basis, if at all, or on terms acceptable to us. If adequate
funds are not available or if we fail to obtain acceptable additional financing, we may be required to:

●  severely limit or cease our operations or otherwise reduce planned expenditures and forego other   business opportunities, which

could harm our business;

●  obtain financing with terms that may have the effect of substantially diluting or adversely affecting the holdings or the rights of

the holders of our capital stock; or

●  obtain funds through arrangements with future collaboration partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights to some or

all of our technologies or products.

Our actual results and performance, including our ability to raise additional capital, may be adversely affected by current economic

conditions.

Our actual results and performance could be adversely affected by the current economic conditions in the global economy, which
continue to pose a risk to the overall demand for our products from our customers who may elect to defer or cancel purchases of, or decide
not to purchase, our products in response to continuing tightness in the credit markets, negative financial news and general uncertainty in the
economy. In addition, our ability to obtain additional financing, on acceptable terms, if at all, may be adversely affected by the uncertainty in
the current economic climate.

We have a history of operating losses, anticipate future losses and may never be profitable.

We have experienced significant operating losses in each period since we began investing resources in PCT and CP. These losses have

resulted principally from research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses associated with the
development of our PCT business. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded a net loss applicable to common shareholders of
$5,247,450, or ($0.44) per share, as compared with $4,400,215, or ($0.43) per share, of the corresponding period in 2012. We expect to
continue to incur operating losses until sales of our PCT and CP products increase substantially. We cannot be certain when, if ever, we will
become profitable. Even if we were to become profitable, we might not be able to sustain such profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our financial results depend on revenues from our pressure cycling technology products and services, and from government grants.

We currently rely on revenues from our PCT and CP technology products and services in the sample preparation area and from revenues

derived from grants awarded to us by governmental agencies, such as the National Institutes of Health. We have been unable to achieve
market acceptance of our product offerings to the extent necessary to achieve significant revenue. Competition for government grants is very
intense, and we can provide no assurance that we will continue to be awarded grants in the future. If we are unable to increase revenues from
sales of our pressure cycling technology products and services and government grants, our business will fail.

We may be unable to obtain market acceptance of our pressure cycling technology products and services.

Many of our initial sales of our pressure cycling technology products and services have been to our collaborators, following their use of
our products in studies undertaken in sample preparation for genomics, proteomics and small molecules studies. Later sales have been to key
opinion leaders.  Our technology requires scientists and researchers to adopt a method of sample extraction that is different than existing
techniques. Our PCT sample preparation system is also more costly than existing techniques. Our ability to obtain market acceptance will
depend, in part, on our ability to demonstrate to our potential customers that the benefits and advantages of our technology outweigh the
increased cost of our technology compared with existing methods of sample extraction. If we are unable to demonstrate the benefits and
advantages of our products and technology as compared with existing technologies, we will not gain market acceptance and our business will
fail.

Our business may be harmed if we encounter problems, delays, expenses, and complications that often affect companies that have not

achieved significant market acceptance.

Our pressure cycling technology business continues to face challenges in achieving market acceptance. If we encounter problems,
delays, expenses and complications, many of which may be beyond our control or may harm our business or prospects. These include:

●   availability of adequate financing;
●   unanticipated problems and costs relating to the development, testing, production, marketing, and sale of our products;
●   delays and costs associated with our ability to attract and retain key personnel; and
●  competition.

The sales cycle of our pressure cycling technology products is lengthy. We have incurred and may continue to incur significant expenses

and we may not generate any significant revenue related to those products.

Many of our current and potential customers have required between three and six months or more to test and evaluate our pressure

cycling technology products. This increases the possibility that a customer may decide to cancel its order or otherwise change its plans, which
could reduce or eliminate our sales to that potential customer. As a result of this lengthy sales cycle, we have incurred and may continue to
incur significant research and development, selling and marketing, and general and administrative expense related to customers from whom
we have not yet generated any revenue from our products, and from whom we may never generate the anticipated revenue if a customer is
not satisfied with the results of the evaluation of our products or if a customer cancels or changes its plans.

Our business could be harmed if our products contain undetected errors or defects.

We are continuously developing new and improving our existing, pressure cycling technology products in sample preparation and we

expect to do so in other areas of life sciences depending upon the availability of our resources. Newly introduced products can contain
undetected errors or defects. In addition, these products may not meet their performance specifications under all conditions or for all
applications. If, despite internal testing and testing by our collaborators, any of our products contain errors or defects or fail to meet customer
specifications, then we may be required to enhance or improve those products or technologies. We may not be able to do so on a timely
basis, if at all, and may only be able to do so at considerable expense. In addition, any significant reliability problems could result in adverse
customer reaction, negative publicity or legal claims and could harm our business and prospects.

        Our success may depend on our ability to manage growth effectively.

Our failure to manage growth effectively could harm our business and prospects. Given our limited resources and personnel, growth of

our business could place significant strain on our management, information technology systems, sources of manufacturing capacity and other
resources. To properly manage our growth, we may need to hire additional employees and identify new sources of manufacturing
capabilities. Failure to effectively manage our growth could make it difficult to manufacture our products and fill orders, as well as lead to
declines in product quality or increased costs, any of which would adversely impact our business and results of operations.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management.

Our success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management. We do not have long-term employment
agreements with our key employees. The loss of the services of any of our senior management has made, and could make it more difficult to
successfully operate our business and achieve our business goals. In addition, our failure to retain existing engineering, research and
development and sales personnel could harm our product development capabilities and customer and employee relationships, delay the
growth of sales of our products and could result in the loss of key information, expertise or know-how.

We may not be able to hire or retain the number of qualified personnel, particularly engineering and sales personnel, required for our

business, which would harm the development and sales of our products and limit our ability to grow.

Competition in our industry for senior management, technical, sales, marketing, finance and other key personnel is intense. If we are
unable to retain our existing personnel, or attract and train additional qualified personnel, either because of competition in our industry for
such personnel or because of insufficient financial resources, our growth may be limited. Our success also depends in particular on our
ability to identify, hire, train and retain qualified engineering and sales personnel with experience in design, development and sales of
laboratory equipment.

Our reliance on a single third party for all of our manufacturing, and certain of our engineering, and other related services could harm

our business.

We currently rely on BIT Group USA (“BIT Group”), a third party contract manufacturer, to manufacture our PCT instrumentation,
provide engineering expertise, and manage the majority of our sub-contractor supplier relationships. Because of our dependence on one
manufacturer, our success will depend, in part, on the ability of BIT Group to manufacture our products cost effectively, in sufficient
quantities to meet our customer demand, if and when such demand occurs, and meeting our quality requirements. If BIT Group experiences
manufacturing problems or delays, or if BIT Group decides not to continue to provide us with these services, our business may be harmed.
While we believe other contract manufacturers are available to address our manufacturing and engineering needs, if we find it necessary to
replace BIT Group, there will be a disruption in our business and we would incur additional costs and delays that would harm our business.

Our failure to manage current or future alliances or joint ventures effectively may harm our business.

We have entered into business relationships with 11 distribution partners and one co-marketing partner, and we may enter into additional

alliances, joint ventures or other business relationships to further develop, market and sell our pressure cycling technology product line. We
may not be able to:

●  identify appropriate candidates for alliances, joint ventures or other business relationships;
●  assure that any candidate for an alliance, joint venture or business relationship will provide us with the support anticipated;
●  successfully negotiate an alliance, joint venture or business relationship on terms that are advantageous to us; or
●  successfully manage any alliance or joint venture.

Furthermore, any alliance, joint venture or other business relationship may divert management time and resources. Entering into a

disadvantageous alliance, joint venture or business relationship, failing to manage an alliance, joint venture or business relationship
effectively, or failing to comply with any obligations in connection therewith, could harm our business and prospects.

We may not be successful in growing our international sales.

We cannot guarantee that we will successfully develop our international sales channels to enable us to generate significant revenue from

international sales. We currently have 11 international distribution agreements that cover 22 countries in Europe, Asia and Australia. We
have generated limited sales to date from international sales and cannot guarantee that we will be able to increase our sales. As we expand,
our international operations may be subject to numerous risks and challenges, including:

●  multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including those that regulate high pressure equipment;
●  reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;
●  protectionist laws and business practices that favor local companies;
●  political and economic changes and disruptions;
●  export and import controls;
●  tariff regulations; and
●  currency fluctuations.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our operating results are subject to quarterly variation. Our operating results may fluctuate significantly from period to period depending
on a variety of factors, including but not limited to the following:

●  our ability to increase our sales of our pressure cycling technology products for sample preparation on a consistent quarterly or

annual basis;

●  the lengthy sales cycle for our products;
●  the product mix of the Barocycler instruments we install in a given period, and whether the installations are completed pursuant to

sales, rental or lease arrangements, and the average selling prices that we are able to command for our products;

●  our ability to manage our costs and expenses;
●  our ability to continue our research and development activities without incurring unexpected costs and expenses; and
●  our ability to comply with state and federal regulations without incurring unexpected costs and expenses.

Our instrumentation operates at high pressures and may therefore become subject to certain regulation in the European Community.
Regulation of high pressure equipment may limit or hinder our development and sale of future instrumentation.

Our Barocycler instruments operate at high pressures. If our Barocycler instruments exceed certain pressure levels, our products may
become subject to the European Pressure Equipment Directive, which requires certain pressure equipment meet certain quality and safety
standards. We do not believe that we are subject to this directive because our Barocycler instruments are currently below the threshold
documented in the text of the directive. If our interpretation were to be challenged, we could incur significant costs defending the challenge,
and we could face production and selling delays, all of which could harm our business.

We expect that we will be subject to regulation in the United States, such as the Food and Drug Administration, and overseas, if and when
we begin to invest more resources in the development and commercialization of PCT in applications outside of sample preparation for the
research field.

Our current pressure cycling technology products in the area of sample preparation for the research field are not regulated by the FDA.

Applications in which we intend to develop and commercialize pressure cycling technology, such as protein purification, pathogen
inactivation and immunodiagnostics, are expected to require regulatory approvals or clearances from regulatory agencies, such as the FDA,
prior to commercialization, when we expand our commercialization activities outside of the research field. We expect that obtaining these
approvals or clearances will require a significant investment of time and capital resources and there can be no assurance that such
investments will receive approvals or clearances that would allow us to commercialize the technology for these applications.

If we are unable to protect our patents and other proprietary technology relating to our pressure cycling technology products, our business
will be harmed.

Our ability to further develop and successfully commercialize our products will depend, in part, on our ability to enforce our patents,
preserve our trade secrets, and operate without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. We currently have 14 United States and 10
foreign patents. The patents expire between 2015 and 2027.

There can be no assurance that (a) any patent applications filed by us will result in issued patents; (b) patent protection will be secured

for any particular technology; (c) any patents that have been or may be issued to us will be valid or enforceable; (d) any patents will provide
meaningful protection to us; (e) others will not be able to design around our patents; and (f) our patents will provide a competitive advantage
or have commercial value. The failure to obtain adequate patent protection would have a material adverse effect on us and may adversely
affect our ability to enter into, or affect the terms of, any arrangement for the marketing or sale of any product.

Our patents may be challenged by others.

We  could  incur  substantial  costs  in  patent  proceedings,  including  interference  proceedings  before  the  United  States  Patent  and
Trademark Office, and comparable proceedings before similar agencies in other countries, in connection with any claims that may arise in
the future. These proceedings could result in adverse decisions about the patentability of our inventions and products, as well as about the
enforceability, validity, or scope of protection afforded by the patents.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If we are unable to maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets and proprietary knowledge, others may develop technology and

products that could prevent the successful commercialization of our products.

We rely on trade secrets and other unpatented proprietary information in our product development activities. To the extent we rely on
trade secrets and unpatented know-how to maintain our competitive technological position, there can be no assurance that others may not
independently develop the same or similar technologies. We seek to protect our trade secrets and proprietary knowledge, in part, through
confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, advisors and contractors. These agreements may not be sufficient to effectively
prevent disclosure of our confidential information and may not provide us with an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure
of such information. If our employees, consultants, advisors, or contractors develop inventions or processes independently that may be
applicable to our products, disputes may arise about ownership of proprietary rights to those inventions and processes. Such inventions and
processes will not necessarily become our property, but may remain the property of those persons or their employers. Protracted and costly
litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights. Failure to obtain or maintain trade secret
protection, for any reason, could harm our business.

If we infringe on the intellectual property rights of others, our business may be harmed.

It is possible that the manufacture, use or sale of our pressure cycling technology products or services may infringe patent or other
intellectual property rights of others. We may be unable to avoid infringement of the patent or other intellectual property rights of others and
may be required to seek a license, defend an infringement action, or challenge the validity of the patents or other intellectual property rights
in court. We may be unable to secure a license on terms and conditions acceptable to us, if at all. Also, we may not prevail in any patent or
other intellectual property rights litigation. Patent or other intellectual property rights litigation is costly and time-consuming, and there can
be no assurance that we will have sufficient resources to bring any possible litigation related to such infringement to a successful conclusion.
If we do not obtain a license under such patents or other intellectual property rights, or if we are found liable for infringement, or if we are
unsuccessful in having such patents declared invalid, we may be liable for significant monetary damages, may encounter significant delays
in successfully commercializing and developing our pressure cycling technology products, or may be precluded from participating in the
manufacture, use, or sale of our pressure cycling technology products or services requiring such licenses.

We may be unable to adequately respond to rapid changes in technology and the development of new industry standards.

The introduction of products and services embodying new technology and the emergence of new industry standards may render our
existing pressure cycling technology products and related services obsolete and unmarketable if we are unable to adapt to change. We may be
unable to allocate the funds necessary to improve our current products or introduce new products to address our customers’ needs and
respond to technological change. In the event that other companies develop more technologically advanced products, our competitive
position relative to such companies would be harmed.

We may not be able to compete successfully with others that are developing or have developed competitive technologies and products.

A number of companies have developed, or are expected to develop, products that compete or will compete with our products. We
compete with companies that have existing technologies for the extraction of nucleic acids, proteins and small molecules from cells and
tissues, including methods such as mortar and pestle, sonication, rotor-stator homogenization, French press, bead beating, freezer milling,
enzymatic digestion, and chemical dissolution.

We are aware that there are additional companies pursuing new technologies with similar goals to the products developed or being
developed by us. Some of the companies with which we now compete, or may compete in the future, have or may have more extensive
research, marketing, and manufacturing capabilities, more experience in genomics and proteomics sample preparation, protein purification,
pathogen inactivation, immunodiagnostics, and DNA sequencing and significantly greater technical, personnel and financial resources than
we do, and may be better positioned to continue to improve their technology to compete in an evolving industry. To compete, we must be
able to demonstrate to potential customers that our products provide improved performance and capabilities. Our failure to compete
successfully could harm our business and prospects.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provisions in our articles of organization and bylaws may discourage or frustrate stockholders’ attempts to remove or replace our

current management.

Our articles of organization and bylaws contain provisions that may make it more difficult or discourage changes in our management

that our stockholders may consider to be favorable. These provisions include:

●  a classified board of directors;
●  advance notice for stockholder nominations to the board of directors;
●  limitations on the ability of stockholders to remove directors; and
●  a provision that allows a majority of the directors to fill vacancies on the board of directors.

These provisions could prevent or frustrate attempts to make changes in our management that our stockholders consider to be beneficial

and could limit the price that our stockholders might receive in the future for shares of our   Common Stock.

The costs of compliance with the reporting obligations of the Exchange Act, and with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of

2002 and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, may place a strain on our limited resources and our
management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns.

As a result of the regulatory requirements applicable to public companies, we incur legal, accounting, and other expenses that are
significant in relation to the size of our company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and
Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and OTC Markets Group, Inc., have required changes in
corporate governance and financial disclosure practices of public companies, some of which are currently applicable to us and others will or
may become applicable to us in the future. These rules and regulations have increased and will continue to increase our legal and financial
compliance costs and may make some activities more time-consuming. These requirements have placed and will continue to place a strain on
our systems and on our management and financial resources.

Certain of our net deferred tax assets could be substantially limited if we experience an ownership change as defined in the Internal

Revenue Code.

Certain of our net operating losses (“NOLs”) give rise to net deferred tax assets. Our ability to utilize NOLs and to offset our future
taxable income and/or to recover previously paid taxes would be limited if we were to undergo an “ownership change” within the meaning of
Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).  In general, an “ownership change” occurs whenever the percentage of the stock of a
corporation owned by “5 percent shareholders,” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code, increases by more than 50 percentage points
over the lowest percentage of the stock of such corporation owned by such “5 percent shareholders” at any time over the preceding three
years.

An ownership change under Section 382 of the Code would establish an annual limitation on the amount of NOLs we could utilize to

offset our taxable income in any single taxable year to an amount equal to (i) the product of a specified rate, which is published by the U.S.
Treasury, and the aggregate value of our outstanding stock plus; and (ii) the amount of unutilized limitation from prior years. The application
of these limitations might prevent full utilization of the deferred tax assets attributable to our NOLs. We may have or will have experienced
an ownership change as defined by Section 382 through the sale of equity and, therefore, we will consider whether the sale of equity units
will result in limitations of our net operating losses under Section 382 when we start to generate taxable income. However, whether a change
in ownership occurs in the future is largely outside of our control, and there can be no assurance that such a change will not occur.

Risks Related to Share Ownership:

The holders of our Common Stock could suffer substantial dilution due to our corporate financing practices.

      The holders of our Common Stock could suffer substantial dilution due to our corporate financing practices, which, in the past few years,
have included private placements and a registered direct offering. As of December 31, 2013, we have issued shares of Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, Series E
Convertible Preferred Stock, Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, Series H Convertible Preferred Stock, Series J Convertible Preferred
Stock and Series K Convertible Preferred Stock.

As of December 31, 2013, all of the shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, Series C
Convertible Preferred Stock, and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock had been converted into shares of Common Stock.  As of December
31, 2013 only shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, Series H Convertible Preferred Stock,
Series J Convertible Preferred Stock and Series K Convertible Preferred Stock were outstanding.  Further, in connection with those private
placements and the Series D registered direct offering, we issued warrants to purchase Common Stock. In addition, as of December 31, 2013,
the company has issued notes convertible into common stock at prices ranging from $0.14 to $0.40 per common share.  If all of the
outstanding shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, Series H Convertible Preferred Stock,
Series J Convertible Preferred Stock and Series K Convertible Preferred Stock were converted into shares of Common Stock and all
outstanding warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock were exercised and all notes were converted, each as of March 31, 2014, an
additional 40,396,735 shares of Common Stock would be issued and outstanding.  This additional issuance of shares of Common Stock
would cause immediate and substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause a significant reduction in the market price of our
Common Stock.

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of a significant number of shares of our Common Stock in the public market or the perception of such possible sales, could depress

the market price of our Common Stock.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Common Stock in the public markets, which include an offering of our preferred stock or

Common Stock could depress the market price of our Common Stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional
equity or equity-related securities. We cannot predict the effect that future sales of our Common Stock or other equity-related securities
would have on the market price of our Common Stock.

Our share price could be volatile and our trading volume may fluctuate substantially.

The price of Common Stock has been and may in the future continue to be extremely volatile, with the sale price fluctuating from a low
of $0.15 to a high of $0.97 since January 1, 2012. Many factors could have a significant impact on the future price of our shares of Common
Stock, including:

●  our inability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, whether through the issuance of equity securities or debt;
●  our failure to successfully implement our business objectives;
●  compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements;
●  market acceptance of our products;
●  technological innovations and new commercial products by our competitors;
●  changes in government regulations;
●  general economic conditions and other external factors;
●  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results; and
●  the degree of trading liquidity in our shares of  Common Stock.

A decline in the price of our shares of Common Stock could affect our ability to raise further working capital

 and adversely impact our ability to continue operations.

The relatively low price of our shares of Common Stock, and a decline in the price of our shares of Common Stock, could result in a
reduction in the liquidity of our Common Stock and a reduction in our ability to raise capital. Because a significant portion of our operations
has been and will continue to be financed through the sale of equity securities, a decline in the price of our shares of Common Stock could be
especially detrimental to our liquidity and our operations. Such reductions and declines may force us to reallocate funds from other planned
uses and may have a significant negative effect on our business plans and operations, including our ability to continue our current operations.
If the price for our shares of Common Stock declines, it may be more difficult to raise additional capital. If we are unable to raise sufficient
capital, and we are unable to generate funds from operations sufficient to meet our obligations, we will not have the resources to continue our
operations.

The market price for our shares of Common Stock may also be affected by our ability to meet or exceed expectations of analysts or
investors. Any failure to meet these expectations, even if minor, may have a material adverse effect on the market price of our shares of
Common Stock.

If we issue additional securities in the future, it will likely result in the dilution of our shares of existing stockholders.

 Our restated articles of organization, as amended, currently authorize the issuance of up to 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock and
1,000,000 shares of preferred stock. As of March 31, 2014, we had 12,624,267 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding; 300 units of
Series D issued and outstanding (convertible into 750,000 shares of Common Stock); 145,320 shares of Series G Convertible Preferred
Stock (convertible into 1,453,200 shares of Common Stock); 5,087.5 shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock (convertible into
5,087,500 shares of Common Stock), 10,000 shares of Series H Convertible Preferred Stock (convertible into 1,000,000 shares of Common
Stock) 10,729 shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock (convertible into 19,019,700 shares of Common Stock); outstanding options
and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 19,994,535 shares of Common Stock; and convertible debt convertible into 932,500 shares of
Common Stock. In September 2012 we increased the number of our authorized shares of Common Stock from 20,000,000 to 50,000,000.
From time to time, we also may increase the number of shares available for issuance in connection with our equity compensation plan, we
may adopt new equity compensation plans, and we may issue awards to our employees and others who provide services to us outside the
terms of our equity compensation plans. Our board of directors may fix and determine the designations, rights, preferences or other
variations of each class or series of preferred stock and may choose to issue some or all of such shares to provide additional financing in the
future.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The issuance of any securities for acquisition, licensing or financing efforts, upon conversion of any preferred stock or exercise of
warrants, pursuant to our equity compensation plans, or otherwise may result in a reduction of the book value and market price of the
outstanding shares of our Common Stock. If we issue any such additional securities, such issuance will cause a reduction in the proportionate
ownership and voting power of all current stockholders. Further, such issuance may result in a change in control of our Company.

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) sales practice requirements may also limit a stockholder’s ability to buy and sell

our Common Stock.

FINRA has adopted rules that require that in recommending an investment to a customer, a broker-dealer must have reasonable grounds

for believing that the investment is suitable for that customer. Prior to recommending speculative low-priced securities to their non-
institutional customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain information about the customer’s financial status, tax status,
investment objectives and other information. Under interpretations of these rules, FINRA believes that there is a high probability that
speculative low-priced securities will not be suitable for at least some customers. FINRA requirements make it more difficult for broker-
dealers to recommend that their customers buy our Common Stock, which may limit your ability to buy and sell our Common Stock and
have an adverse effect on the market for our shares.

We have never paid dividends on our Common Stock and do not anticipate paying any in the foreseeable future.

We have never declared or paid a cash dividend on our Common Stock and we do not expect to pay cash dividends on our Common

Stock in the foreseeable future.

Our shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to certain rights, privileges and preferences over our  Common Stock,

including a preference upon a liquidation of our company, which will reduce amounts available for distribution to the holders of
our  Common Stock.

The  holders  of  our  shares  of  Series  D  are  entitled  to  payment,  prior  to  payment  to  the  holders  of  Common  Stock  in  the  event  of

liquidation of the Company.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1B. 

 UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

Not Applicable.

ITEM 2. 

 PROPERTIES.

Our corporate office is currently located at 14 Norfolk Avenue, South Easton, Massachusetts 02375. We are currently paying $4,800

per month, on a lease extension, signed on December 31, 2013, that expires December 31, 2014, for our corporate office.

Effective January 1, 2010, we entered into a three-year lease agreement with the University of Massachusetts in Boston, pursuant to

which we are leasing laboratory and office space at the Venture Development Center on campus at the university for research and
development activities. In September 2012, we extended the lease to the end of December 31, 2014 at $5,500 per month for the use of these
facilities at the University of Massachusetts. We believe that our facilities are adequate for our operations and that suitable additional space
will be available if and when needed.

ITEM 3. 

 LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

We are not currently involved in any litigation that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results

of operations. There is no action, suit, or proceeding by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body
pending or, to the knowledge of the executive officers of our company or our subsidiary, threatened against or affecting our company, our
common stock, our subsidiary or of our companies or our subsidiary’s officers or directors in their capacities as such, in which an adverse
decision could have a material adverse effect.

ITEM 4. 

 MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not applicable.

[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II

ITEM 5. 
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS, AND ISSUER

Our Common Stock is currently traded on the OTCQB tier of the OTC Markets under the trading symbol “PBIO.” As previously

reported, the NASDAQ Hearings Panel determined to delist the Company’s Common Stock from the NASDAQ Stock Market and trading in
the Company’s Common Stock on the NASDAQ Stock Market was discontinued effective at the open of trading on April 5, 2012.  Effective
April 5, 2012, the Company’s Common Stock began trading on the OTCQB tier of OTC Markets.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales price and the high and low bids, as applicable, per share

of Common Stock, as reported by the OTC Markets from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2013.

First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

Authorized Capital

  Year Ended December 31, 2013  

High

Low

  $
  $
  $
  $

0.51    $
0.42    $
0.33    $
0.29    $

0.20 
0.23 
0.20 
0.16 

  Year Ended December 31, 2012  

High

Low

  $
  $
  $
  $

0.97    $
0.75    $
0.63    $
0.44    $

0.50 
0.20 
0.21 
0.15 

As of December 31, 2013, we were authorized to issue 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value, and 1,000,000 shares of
preferred stock, $.01 par value. Of the 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, 20,000 shares were designated as Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock, 313,960 shares as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, 279,256 shares as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, 88,098
shares as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, 850 shares as Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, 500 shares as Series E Convertible
Preferred Stock, 240,000 shares as Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, 10,000 shares as Series H Convertible Preferred Stock, 6,250
shares as Series J Convertible Preferred Stock and 15,000 shares as Series K Convertible Preferred Stock.

As of December 31, 2013, there were 12,024,267 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding. Similarly, at such time, there were no

shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock; Series A Convertible Preferred Stock; Series B Convertible Preferred Stock; Series
C Convertible Preferred Stock; Series E Convertible Preferred Stock.  As of December 31, 2013 there were 300 shares of Series D
Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding and convertible into 750,000 shares of Common Stock,  145,320 shares of Series G
Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 1,453,200 shares of Common Stock, 10,000 shares of Series H
Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock, 5,087.5 shares of Series J
Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 5,087,500 shares of Common Stock, and 4,000 shares of Series K
Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock.

Approximate Number of Equity Security Holders

         As  of  December  31,  2013,  there  were  approximately  201  stockholders  of  record.  Because  shares  of  our  common  stock  are  held  by
depositaries,  brokers  and  other  nominees,  the  number  of  beneficial  holders  of  our  shares  is  substantially  larger  than  the  number  of
stockholders of record.

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Dividends

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on Common Stock and do not plan to pay any cash dividends on Common Stock in

the foreseeable future. The shares of Series D are entitled to payment prior to payment to the holders of Common Stock in the event of
liquidation of the Company.

The Holder of our Series E Preferred Stock was entitled to a yearly dividend at a rate of 10.5% per year, subject to a credit risk and

make-whole adjustment, and was payable in cash or shares of Common Stock at our election. Under certain conditions and subject to
certain limitations, we could have required the Holder to convert their Series E Convertible Preferred Stock into Common Stock.  The
make-whole dividends were payable any time after the closing on April 9, 2012 at the option of the Holder; therefore, we recognized the
full value of $262,500 as a current liability and charged this amount immediately to accumulated deficit. The Holder converted all 500
shares of Series E Preferred Stock in 2012.

As of December 31, 2013, dividends issued or to be issued for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 are outlined in the table

below.

Series A
Series B
Series C
Series D
Series E
Series G
Series H
Series J
Series K

Common shares issued
For The Year Ended December
31,

2013

2012

Common shares to be issued
For The Year Ended December
31,

2013

2012

-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

-
96,966
64,621
-
622,837
-
-
-
-
784,424

Series A
Series B
Series C
Series D
Series E
Series G
Series H
Series J
Series K

  Dividends paid in  Common

Stock or cash

  For The Year Ended December
31,

2013

$-  
-  
-  

             -

60,000  
-  
-  
-  
-  
 $60,000  

2012

$- 
69,647 
10,609 
             - 
359,430 
- 
- 
- 
- 
 $439,686 

Series A
Series B
Series C
Series D
Series E
Series G
Series H
Series J
Series K

 -  
 -  
 -  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  

 -
 -
 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

Dividends payable

For The Year Ended December
31,

2013

 $-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
89,527  
-  
95,341  
3,131  
 $187,999  

2012

 $-
-
-
-
60,000
-
-
-
27,584
 $87,584

Series A
Series B
Series C
Series D
Series E
Series G
Series H
Series J
Series K

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

On January 29 and February 28, 2014, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Securities Purchase

Agreement”) with various individuals (each, a “Purchaser”), pursuant to which the Company sold an aggregate of 4,875 units for a purchase
price of $250.00 per unit (the “Purchase Price”), or an aggregate Purchase Price of $1,218,750 and 1,854 units for a Purchase Price of
$340.00 per unit or an aggregate Purchase Price of $630,360 respectively.  This represents the second and third tranches of a $1.5 million
private placement (the “Private Placement”).  One or more additional tranches in the Private Placement may close on or before April 4,
2014.  Each unit purchased in the first three tranches (“Unit”) consists of (i) one share of a newly created series of preferred stock,
designated Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series K Convertible Preferred Stock”), convertible into 1,000
shares of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) and (ii) a warrant to purchase 500 shares of
Common Stock at an exercise price equal to $0.3125, for the second tranche and $0.425 for the third tranche, per share, with a term expiring
three years from the respective closing date  (“Warrant”).  Of the $2,849,110 invested in the first three tranches of the Private Placement,
$2,028,404 was received in cash and $820,706 was from the conversion of outstanding indebtedness and accrued board of directors’
fees.  The Purchasers in the first three tranches of the Private Placement consisted of certain existing and new investors in the Company as
well as all of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Repurchases by Pressure BioSciences, Inc.

During 2013, the Company exchanged 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock held by an investor for 10,000 shares of Series H

Convertible Preferred stock.

ITEM 6. 

 SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

Not Applicable.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF

ITEM 7. 
OPERATION.

OVERVIEW

We are focused on solving the challenging problems inherent in biological sample preparation, a crucial laboratory step performed by
scientists worldwide working in biological life sciences research. Sample preparation is a term that refers to a wide range of activities that
precede most forms of scientific analysis. Sample preparation is often complex, time-consuming, and in our belief, one of the most error-
prone steps of scientific research. It is a widely-used laboratory undertaking, the requirements of which drive what we believe is a large
and growing worldwide market. We have developed and patented a novel, enabling technology platform that can control the sample
preparation process. It is based on harnessing the unique properties of high hydrostatic pressure. This process, called pressure cycling
technology, or PCT, uses alternating cycles of hydrostatic pressure between ambient and ultra-high levels (35,000 psi or greater) to safely,
conveniently and reproducibly control the actions of molecules in biological samples, such as cells and tissues from human, animal, plant,
and microbial sources.

Our pressure cycling technology uses internally developed instrumentation that is capable of cycling pressure between ambient and

ultra-high levels - at controlled temperatures and specific time intervals - to rapidly and repeatedly control the interactions of bio-
molecules, such as DNA, RNA, proteins, lipids, and small molecules. Our laboratory instrument, the Barocycler®, and our internally
developed consumables product line, including PULSE (Pressure Used to Lyse Samples for Extraction) Tubes, other processing tubes,
and application specific kits (which include consumable products and reagents) together make up our PCT Sample Preparation System, or
PCT SPS.

We have experienced negative cash flows from operations with respect to our PCT business since our inception. As of December 31,

2013, we did not have adequate working capital resources to satisfy our current liabilities. Based on our current projections, including
equity financing subsequent to December 31, 2013, we believe our current cash resources will enable us to extend our cash until August
2014.

As a result, the audit report issued by our independent registered public accounting firm on our consolidated audited financial
statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 contains an explanatory paragraph regarding our ability to continue as a going
concern. The audit report issued by our independent registered public accounting firm for our financial statements for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2013 states that there is substantial doubt in our ability to continue as a going concern due to the risk that we may not
have sufficient cash and liquid assets at December 31, 2013 to cover our operating and capital requirements for the next twelve-month
period; and, if sufficient cash cannot be obtained, we would have to substantially alter or possibly discontinue operations. The
accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

The conditions described above could adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on favorable terms, if at all. Such
factors may cause investors to have reservations about our long-term prospects and may adversely affect our relationships with customers.
There can be no assurance that our auditing firm will not qualify its opinion in the future. If we cannot successfully continue as a going
concern, our stockholders may lose their entire investment in us.

Management has developed a plan to continue operations. This plan includes reducing expenses, streamlining operations, and

obtaining capital through equity and/or debt financing. Our most recent financing, the second and third tranches of which closed on
January 29 and February 28, 2014, respectively, and that is expected to close on or about April 4, 2014, is a private placement (the
“Private Placement”) that has resulted in net cash proceeds of $2,849,110 to the Company through March 28, 2014. The Private
Placement terms and structure are as follows:

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On December 12, 2013,  January 29, 2014 and February 28, 2014, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Securities
Purchase Agreement”) with various individuals (each, a “Purchaser”), pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 4,000 units for a purchase
price of $250.00 per unit (the “Purchase Price”), or an aggregate Purchase Price of $1,000,000, 4,875 units for a purchase price of $250.00
per unit, or an aggregate Purchase Price of $1,218,750 and 1,854 units for purchase price of $340.00, or an aggregate Purchase Price of
$630,360, respectively.  This represents the first, second and third tranches of the $1.5 million Private Placement which was subsequently
increased to $3.5 million.  One or more additional tranches in the Private Placement may close on or before April 4, 2014.  Each unit
purchased in the tranches (“Unit”) consists of (i) one share of a newly created series of preferred stock, designated Series K Convertible
Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series K Convertible Preferred Stock”), convertible into 1,000 shares of the Company’s
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) and (ii) a warrant to purchase 500 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price
equal to $0.3125 per share in the first and second tranche and $0.425 per share in the third tranche, with a term expiring three years from the
respective closing date  (“Warrant”).  Of the $2,849,110 invested in the first three tranches of the Private Placement, $2,028,404 was
received in cash and $820,706 was from the conversion of outstanding indebtedness and accrued board of directors’ fees.  The Purchasers in
the first three tranches of the Private Placement consisted of certain existing and new investors in the Company as well as all of the members
of the Company’s Board of Directors.

Although we have successfully completed equity financings and reduced expenses in the past, we cannot assure you that our plans to
address these matters in the future will be successful. Additional financing may not be available to us on a timely basis, if at all, or on terms
acceptable to us. In the event we are unable to raise sufficient funds on terms acceptable to us, we may be required to:

●  severely  limit  or  cease  our  operations  or  otherwise  reduce  planned  expenditures  and  forego  other  business  opportunities,  which
could harm our business. The accompanying financial statements do not include adjustments that may be required in the event of
the disposal of assets or the discontinuation of the business;

●  obtain financing with terms that may have the effect of diluting or adversely affecting the holdings or the rights of the holders of

our capital stock; or

●  obtain funds through arrangements with future collaboration partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights to some or

all of our technologies or products.

We currently focus the majority of our resources in the area of biological sample preparation, referring to a wide range of activities that
precede  scientific  analysis  performed  by  scientists  worldwide  working  in  biological  life  sciences  research.  Within  the  broad  field  of
biological  sample  preparation,  we  focus  the  majority  of  our  product  development  efforts  in  three  specific  areas:  mass  spectrometry,
forensics, and histology.

●  Biomarker  Discovery  -  Mass  Spectrometry. A  biomarker  is  any  substance  (e.g.,  protein)  that  can  be  used  as  an  indicator  of  the
presence or absence of a particular disease-state or condition, and to measure the progression and effects of therapy.  Biomarkers
can help in the diagnosis, prognosis, therapy, prevention, surveillance, control, and cure of diseases and medical conditions.  A
number of laboratory instruments are used to help discover biomarkers; a leader among these is the mass spectrometer. The mass
spectrometer is one of the laboratory instruments that is frequently used to help discover biomarkers.

A mass spectrometer is a laboratory instrument used in the analysis of biological samples, primarily proteins, in life sciences
research. According to a recently published market report by Transparency Market Research (www.transparencymarketresearch.com)
"Spectrometry Market (Atomic, Molecular and Mass Spectrometry) - Global Scenario, Trends, Industry Analysis, Size, Share &
Forecast 2011 – 2017," the global spectrometry market was worth $10.2 billion in 2011 and is expected to reach $15.2 billion in
2017, growing at a compounded annual growth rate of 6.9% from 2011 to 2017. In the overall global market, the North American
market is expected to maintain its lead position in terms of revenue until 2017 and is expected to have approximately 36.2% of the
market revenue share in 2017 followed by Europe. We believe PCT offers significant advantages in speed and quality compared with
current techniques used in the preparation of samples for mass spectrometry analysis.

●  Forensics. The  detection  of  DNA  has  become  a  part  of  the  analysis  of  forensic  samples  by  laboratories  and  criminal  justice
agencies  worldwide  in  their  efforts  to  identify  the  perpetrators  of  violent  crimes  and  missing  persons.  Scientists  from  the
University of North Texas and Florida International University have reported improvements in DNA yield from forensic samples
e.g.,  bone  and  hair  using  PCT  in  the  sample  preparation  process.  We  believe  that  that  PCT  may  be  capable  of  differentially
extracting DNA from sperm and (female) epithelial cells in swabs collected from rape victims and stored in rape kits. We believe
that  there  are  many  completed  rape  kits  that  remain  untested  for  reasons  such  as  cost,  time,  and  quality  of  results.  We  further
believe  that  the  ability  to  differentially  extract  DNA  from  sperm  and  not  epithelial  cells  could  reduce  the  cost  of  such  testing,
while increasing quality, safety, and speed.

●  Histology.  The  most  commonly  used  technique  worldwide  for  the  preservation  of  cancer  and  other  tissues  for  subsequent
pathology  evaluation  is  formalin-fixation  followed  by  paraffin-embedding.  We  believe  that  the  quality  and  analysis  of  FFPE
tissues  is  highly  problematic,  and  that  PCT  offers  significant  advantages  over  current  processing  methods,  including
standardization, speed, biomolecule recovery, and safety.

30

 
 
 
 
We view federal agency grants to be an important part of our business plan.  These types of grants allow us to bill the federal agency for
work that we are planning to perform as part of the development and commercialization of our technology.  We generally start by submitting
initial grant requests that are in response to requests for proposals (“RFPs”) from the federal government through their Small Business
Innovation Research (“SBIR”) program.  Initial (“SBIR Phase I”) grants are meant to fund approved research projects for six months, and
generally have budgets of approximately $100,000 to $150,000.  Because our work in SBIR Phase I grants has been successful, we have
applied, and may in the future apply for larger National Institutes of Health (“NIH”) SBIR Phase II grants.  Such larger grants are typically
for a two-year period and can offer as much as $1,000,000 to support significant research projects in areas we would otherwise expect to
support with internal funds should SBIR Phase II grants not be awarded.  To date, we have been awarded three NIH SBIR Phase I grants and
one SBIR Phase II grant.  The data on one of the NIH SBIR Phase I grants were the basis for the submission, and subsequent award, of the
NIH SBIR Phase II grant awarded to us in the approximate amount of $850,000 in August 2008.  This NIH SBIR Phase II grant was for
work in the area of using PCT to extract protein biomarkers, sub-cellular molecular complexes, and organelles, with the expectation that
these studies might ultimately lead to the release of a new, commercially available PCT-based system, with validated protocols, end-user kits,
and other consumables intended for the extraction of clinically important protein biomarkers, sub-cellular molecular complexes, and
organelles from human and animal tissues.  All three of the NIH SBIR Phase I grants and the NIH SBIR Phase II grant have been completed.

In October 2011, we were awarded a contract of approximately $850,000 from the Department of Defense to help fund the development

of a PCT-based system to improve the processing of pathogenic organisms, specifically viruses and bacteria.  The contract funded studies
until approximately September 2013.

We offer extended service contracts on our laboratory instrumentation to all of our customers.  These service contracts allow a customer
who purchases a Barocycler instrument to receive on-site scheduled preventative maintenance, on-site repair and replacement of all worn or
defective component parts, and telephone support, all at no incremental cost for the life of the service contract.  We offer one-year and four-
year extended service contracts to customers who purchase Barocycler instruments.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31, 2013 as compared with December 31, 2012

Revenue

We  had  total  revenue  of  $1,503,288  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  as  compared  with  $1,238,217  in  the  prior  year,  a  21%

increase.

Products, Services, and Other. Revenue from the sale of products and services was $1,046,678 in the year ended December 31, 2013 as
compared with $809,308 in the year ended December 31, 2012 an increase of $237,370 or 29%. During 2013, we had significant sales to our
primary distribution partner in the international markets, Constant Systems.  We generated consumable sales of $157,676 for the year ended
December 31, 2013 as compared with $85,493 during the similar period of the prior year, an increase of $72,183, or 84%. Customers order
higher volumes of consumables with their initial order of our PCT and CP instrument systems thus consumables sales will increase as more
instrument systems are installed.  Sales of our PCT Sample Preparation Accessories increased to $113,435 in 2013 from $93,712 in 2012, an
increase of $19,723, or 21%. The number of PCT and CP instrument sales and active leases decreased during 2013 as compared with 2012.
The decrease in revenue from instrument sales and leases during 2013 was offset by increased sales of our SG3 Shredder System, sales of the
more expensive and higher gross margin Barocycler HUB440 PCT System, and sales of PCT and CP instrument accessories. PCT Instrument
Accessories include our MicroTube Adapter Kit Work Stations, Elevated Temperature Kits, Data Acquisition and Control with Software, P-
Jump Kit, Reaction Chambers, and EPR Pressure Cells.  Our new Austrian distributor for the SG3 Shredder System purchased 18 systems
during 2013.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Grant Revenue. During 2013, we recorded $456,610 of grant revenue as compared with $428,909 in 2012. We completed work on a
SBIR Phase II contract received from the Department of Defense, or DOD, to fund the development of a PCT-based system to improve the
processing of pathogenic organisms in the third quarter of 2013.  We completed all billable work on the grant from the National Institutes of
Health, or NIH, to help fund the development of a high pressure-based system to improve the processing of cancer and other samples in the
second quarter of 2013.

Cost of Products and Services

The cost of products and services was $567,828 for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared with $416,415 in 2012. Our gross

profit margin on products and services was 46% for the year ended December 31, 2013 vs. 48% at December 31, 2012.  The change is
primarily due to lower margins realized on sales of Constant Systems cell disruption products.  The relationship between the cost of products
and services and products revenue depends greatly on the mix of instruments we sell, the quantity of such instruments, and the mix of
consumable products and instrument accessories that we sell in a given period.

Research and Development

Research and development expenditures were $1,035,426 for 2013 compared to $965,623 in 2012, an increase of $69,803 or 7%.

Research and development expense included $56,736 and $30,034 of non-cash, stock-based compensation in 2013 and 2012, respectively.  In
addition we incurred additional rent expense of $11,000 in 2013 and $31,250 of additional consulting expense due to our collaboration
agreement with a European research lab.

Selling and Marketing

Selling and marketing expenses were $752,288 in 2013 compared to $714,635 in 2012, an increase of $37,653, or 5%. This increase was
primarily due to our arrangement with Constant Systems whereby we pay Constant Systems for their U.S. based representative who handles
sales and service for both CS and PBI products to PBI customers. These additional costs were somewhat offset by lower travel related costs.
Selling and Marketing expense included $26,550 and $28,945 of non-cash stock based compensation expense in 2013 and 2012, respectively.

General and Administrative

General and administrative costs were $2,474,937 in the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared with $2,605,186 in 2012, a
decrease of $130,249 or 5%.  During 2012 we wrote off approximately $263,000 in costs related to an anticipated public offering of stock
that we did not complete.  Those savings were offset by increased spending on investor relations and additional travel related costs in 2013 to
augment our fund raising efforts. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, general and administrative expense included $53,509
and $74,212 of non-cash, stock-based compensation expense, respectively.

Operating Loss

Our operating loss was $3,327,192 for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared with $3,463,642 for the prior year, a decrease of

$136,450 or 4%. The decreased operating loss was due primarily to the additional gross margin provided by the increase in revenues while
holding operating costs relatively flat.

Other income (expense), net

Interest Expense   Net interest expense totaled $339,818 for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared with interest expense of
$133,417 for the year ended December 31, 2012. We amortized approximately $247,244 of imputed interest against the debt discount on
short-term loans relating to warrants and conversion options issued with the loans, in 2013.

       Other income (expense) net   We recognized $531,130 in additional expense due to the initial fair value calculation on the conversion
option of our convertible debt and the write off of debt discount upon conversion and payoff of the related debt instruments during 2013.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded non-cash income of $113,713 from warrant and conversion option liability
revaluation in our consolidated statements of operations due to a decrease in the fair value of the conversion option liability on our debt. This
decrease in fair value was primarily due to a decrease in the price per share of our Common Stock on December 31, 2013 as compared with
the date of issuance of the convertible debt. During the year ended December 31, 2012, we recorded non-cash income of $144,840 for
warrant revaluation due to a decrease in fair value of the warrant liability related to warrants issued in our Series D registered direct offering.

Income Taxes

We did not record an income tax benefit or provision for the year ended December 31, 2013 and had an income tax benefit of $2,014 for

the year ended December 31, 2012.

Net Loss

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we recorded a net loss applicable to Common Stockholders of $5,247,449 or $(0.44) per
share, as compared with $4,400,215 or $(0.43) per share during our year ended December 31, 2012.  Although the net loss applicable to
Common Stockholders increased in 2013 due to Other Expense, the loss per share remained essentially the same due primarily to the
increased number of shares of Common Stock outstanding from the issuance of Common Stock to various service providers in 2013.  See
Note 2 of the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements under the “Computation of Loss per Share” heading.

LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

        As of December 31, 2013, we did not have adequate working capital resources to satisfy our current liabilities. On January 29 and
February 28, 2014, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with various individuals pursuant to which the Company sold an
aggregate of 4,875 and 1,854 units for a purchase price of $250.00 and $340.00 per unit, respectively, or an aggregate Purchase Price of
$1,849,110.  This represents the second and third tranches of a $1.5 million private placement. One or more additional tranches in the Private
Placement may close on or before April 4, 2014.  Each unit purchased in the second and third tranches consists of (i) one share of a newly
created series of preferred stock, designated Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share convertible into 1,000 shares of
the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and (ii) a warrant to purchase 500 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price
equal to $0.3125 and $0.425, respectively, with a term expiring three years from the respective closing date. Of the $1,849,110 invested in
the second and third tranches of the Private Placement, $1,456,360 was received in cash and $392,750 was from the conversion of
outstanding indebtedness and board of directors’ fees.  Of the $2,849,110 invested in the first three tranches of the Private Placement,
$2,028,404 was received in cash and $820,706 was from the conversion of outstanding indebtedness and accrued board of directors’
fees.  The Purchasers in the first three tranches of the Private Placement consisted of certain existing and new investors in the Company as
well as all of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors.

 Based on our current projections, including equity financing subsequent to December 31, 2013, we believe our current cash resources

will enable us to extend our cash resources until August 2014.  Although we have successfully completed equity financings and reduced
expenses in the past, we cannot assure you that our plans to address these matters in the future will be successful.  If we are not successful
there is substantial doubt that we can continue as a going concern.

We believe we will need approximately $6 million in additional capital to fund our three-pronged operational plan, which was designed

to help increase revenues by:

A.  implementing a next-generation upgrade to our product line and offering a superior instrument with greater net margins;

B.  gaining  additional  non-dilutive  monies  from  governmental  research  and  development  applications,  and/or  engineering  projects;

and

C.  hiring a small team of sales and marketing persons to target research facilities and academic institutions, and cultivate our current

customer list of pharmaceutical, military and paramilitary organizations.

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
However, if we are unable to obtain such funds, through sales, the capital markets or other source of financing on acceptable terms, or at

all, we will likely be required to cease our operations, pursue a plan to sell our operating assets, or otherwise modify our business strategy,
which could materially harm our future business prospects.

Net cash used in operating activities was $2,342,603 for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared with $2,164,801 for the year
ended December 31, 2012. Our accounts payable balance was $1,102,772 as of December 31, 2013, as compared with to $1,199,846 as of
December 31, 2012, a decrease of $97,074 for 2013.  Accounts payable should continue to become more current as we continue to secure
more capital and funds from operations allow for more timely payment of our vendors.

We invested $58,749 in fixed assets (lab equipment) during the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared with no investment in fixed

assets in the prior year.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $2,431,308, as compared with $1,943,487 in the

prior year.

In 2013, we raised approximately:

A $2,034,700 in aggregate gross proceeds from our February 6, March 28 and May 20, 2013 Series J private placement, pursuant to
which we sold an aggregate of 5,087.5 units for a purchase price of $400 per unit. Each unit consists of one share of Series J
Convertible Preferred Stock, convertible into 1,000 shares of our Common Stock and a three-year warrant to purchase 1,000
shares of our Common Stock at a per share exercise price of $0.40.  Of the $2,034,700 invested in the Series J Private Placement
$921,000 was received in cash and $1,113,700 was from the conversion of outstanding indebtedness and accrued board of
directors fees.  We incurred fees of $24,405 on this transaction.

B $1,000,000 in aggregate gross proceeds from our December 12, 2013 Series K private placement, pursuant to which we sold an
aggregate of 4,000 units for a purchase price of $250 per unit. Each unit consists of one share of Series K Convertible Preferred
Stock, convertible into 1,000 shares of our Common Stock and a three-year warrant to purchase 500 shares of our Common Stock
at a per share exercise price of $0.3125.  Of the $1,000,000 invested in the Series K Private Placement $572,044 was received in
cash and $427,956 was from the conversion of outstanding indebtedness.  We incurred fees of $43,334 on this transaction.

Loans in the aggregate amount of approximately $1,750,600 were received from eleven lenders.  $565,000 of these loans were converted
into our Series J and Series K Convertible Preferred Stock and $482,011 of these loans were paid back by December 31, 2013. An additional
$240,600 was repaid in February 2014.  Warrants to purchase 506,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock were issued to four
individuals in connection with these loans.  The warrants have an exercise price ranging from $0.25 to $0.40 per share, with terms expiring
August 3, 2016 to January 20, 2017.

Our Common Stock is listed on the Over-the-Counter QB market under the ticker symbol PBIO.

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Royalty Commitments

In 1996, we acquired our initial equity interest in BioSeq, Incorporated (“BioSeq”). At the time, BioSeq was developing our original

pressure cycling technology. They acquired its pressure cycling technology from BioMolecular Assays, Inc. (“BMA”) under a technology
transfer and patent assignment agreement. In 1998, we purchased all of the remaining, outstanding capital stock of BioSeq; and,
consequently, the technology transfer and patent assignment agreement was amended to require us to pay BMA a 5% royalty on our sales of
products or services that incorporate or utilize the original pressure cycling technology that BioSeq acquired from BMA. Similarly, the
Company is required to pay BMA 5% of the proceeds from any sale, transfer or license of all or any portion of the original pressure cycling
technology. These payment obligations terminate in 2016. During the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, we incurred approximately
$23,785 and $23,634, respectively, in royalty expense associated with our obligation to BMA.

In connection with our acquisition of BioSeq, we licensed certain limited rights to the original pressure cycling technology back to
BMA. This license is non-exclusive and limits the use of the original pressure cycling technology by BMA solely for molecular applications
in scientific research and development, and in scientific plant research and development. BMA is required to pay us a royalty equal to 20% of
any license or other fees and royalties, but not including research support and similar payments, it receives in connection with any sale,
assignment, license or other transfer of any rights granted to BMA under the license. BMA must pay us these royalties until the expiration of
the patents held by BioSeq in1998, which we anticipate will be 2016. We have not received any royalty payments from BMA under this
license.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Battelle Memorial Institute

In December 2008, we entered into an exclusive patent license agreement with the Battelle Memorial Institute ("Battelle"). The licensed
technology is described in the patent application filed by Battelle on July 31, 2008 (US serial number 12/183,219). This application includes
subject matter related to a method and a system for improving the analysis of protein samples including, through an automated system,
utilizing pressure and a pre-selected agent to obtain a digested sample in a significantly shorter period of time than current methods, while
maintaining the integrity of the sample throughout the preparatory process. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we paid Battelle a non-
refundable initial fee of $35,000. In addition to royalty payments on net sales on “licensed products,” we are obligated to make minimum
royalty payments for each year we retain the rights outlined in the patent license agreement; and, we are required to have our first
commercial sale of the licensed products within one year following the issuance of the patent covered by the licensed technology. After re-
negotiating the terms of the contract in 2013 the minimum annual royalty was $4,025 and $10,000 for the years ended 2013 for 2012,
respectively.

Target Discovery Inc.

In March 2010, we signed a strategic product licensing, manufacturing, co-marketing, and collaborative research and development
agreement with Target Discovery Inc. (“TDI”). Under the terms of the agreement, we have been licensed by TDI to manufacture and sell a
highly innovative line of chemicals used in the preparation of tissues for scientific analysis ("TDI reagents"). The TDI reagents were
designed for use in combination with our pressure cycling technology. The respective companies believe that the combination of PCT and
the TDI reagents can fill an existing need in life science research for an automated method for rapid extraction and recovery of intact,
functional proteins associated with cell membranes in tissue samples. As of December 31, 2013, we owed TDI a royalty fee of approximately
$1,200.

Severance and Change of Control Agreements

Mr. Schumacher and Drs. Ting, Lazarev and Lawrence, all executive officers of the Company, are entitled to receive a severance

payment if terminated by us without cause. The severance benefits would include a payment in an amount equal to one year of such
executive officer’s annualized base salary compensation plus accrued paid time off. Additionally, the officer will be entitled to receive
medical and dental insurance coverage for one year following the date of termination.

Each of these executive officers, other than Mr. Schumacher, is entitled to receive a change of control payment in an amount equal to
one year of such executive officer’s annualized base salary compensation, accrued paid time off, and medical and dental coverage, in the
event of a change of control of the Company. In the case of Mr. Schumacher, this payment would be equal to two years of annualized base
salary compensation, accrued paid time off, and two years of medical and dental coverage. The severance payment is meant to induce the
executive to become an employee of the Company and to remain in the employ of the Company, in general, and particularly in the
occurrence of a change in control, as a disincentive to the control change.

Lease Commitments

We lease building space under non-cancelable leases in South Easton, MA and in the Venture Development Center at the University of
Massachusetts in Boston. Rental costs are expensed as incurred. During 2013 and 2012 we incurred $123,600 and $117,600, respectively, in
rent expense for the use of our corporate office and research and development facilities

Following is a schedule by years of future minimum rental payments required under operating leases with initial or remaining non-

cancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2013:

Year Ended December 31, 2013

2014  
Thereafter  

$123,600
-
$123,600

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiary PBI BioSeq,

Inc. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

To prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of

America, we are required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. In addition, significant estimates were made in projecting future cash flows to quantify impairment of assets,
deferred tax assets, the costs associated with fulfilling our warranty obligations for the instruments that we sell, and the estimates employed
in our calculation of fair value of stock options awarded. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions
that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying
values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from the estimates and
assumptions used.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with FASB ASC 605, Revenue Recognition. Revenue is recognized when realized or earned when

all the following criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred and risk of loss has passed to
the customer; the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.

Our current instruments, the Barocycler NEP3229 and NEP2320, require a basic level of instrumentation expertise to set-up for initial
operation. To support a favorable first experience for our customers, we send a highly trained technical representative to the customer site to
install every Barocycler that we sell, lease, or rent through our domestic sales force. The installation process includes uncrating and setting
up the instrument, followed by introductory user training. Product revenue related to current Barocycler instrumentation is recognized upon
the completion of the installation and introductory training process of the instrumentation at the customer location, for domestic and foreign
installations. Product revenue related to sales of PCT instrumentation to our foreign distributors is recognized upon shipment through a
common carrier. We provide for the expected costs of warranty upon the recognition of revenue for the sales of our instrumentation. Our
sales arrangements do not provide our customers with a right of return. Product revenue related to our consumable products such as PULSE
Tubes, MicroTubes, and application specific kits is recorded upon shipment through a common carrier. Shipping costs are included in sales
and marketing expense. Any shipping costs billed to customers are recognized as revenue.

In accordance with FASB ASC 840, Leases, we account for our lease agreements under the operating method. We record revenue over

the life of the lease term and we record depreciation expense on a straight-line basis over the thirty-six month estimated useful life of the
Barocycler instrument. The depreciation expense associated with assets under lease agreement is included in the “Cost of PCT products and
services” line item in our accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Many of our lease and rental agreements allow the lessee to
purchase the instrument at any point during the term of the agreement with partial or full credit for payments previously made. We pay all
maintenance costs associated with the instrument during the term of the leases.

Revenue from government grants is recorded when expenses are incurred under the grant in accordance with the terms of the grant

award.

Our transactions sometimes involve multiple elements i.e., products and services. Revenue under multiple element arrangements is
recognized in accordance with FASB ASC 605-25 Multiple-Element Arrangements (“ASC 605”). When vendor specific objective evidence
or third party evidence of selling price for deliverables in an arrangement cannot be determined, the Company develops a best estimate of
the selling price to separate deliverables, and allocates arrangement consideration using the relative selling price method. Additionally, this
guidance eliminates the residual method of allocation. If an arrangement includes undelivered elements that are not essential to the
functionality of the delivered elements, we defer the fair value of the undelivered elements with the residual revenue allocated to the
delivered elements. Fair value is determined based upon the price charged when the element is sold separately. If there is not sufficient
evidence of the fair value of the undelivered elements, no revenue is allocated to the delivered elements and the total consideration
received is deferred until delivery of those elements for which objective and reliable evidence of the fair value is not available. We provide
certain customers with extended service contracts with revenue recognized ratably over the life of the contract.

36

 
 
 
Intangible Assets

We have classified as intangible assets, costs associated with the fair value of certain assets of businesses acquired. Intangible assets
relate to the remaining value of acquired patents associated with PCT. The cost of these acquired patents is amortized on a straight-line basis
over sixteen years. We annually review our intangible assets for impairment. When impairment is indicated, any excess of carrying value
over fair value is recorded as a loss. An impairment analysis of intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 concluded they were not impaired.

Long-Lived Assets and Deferred Costs

In accordance with FASB ASC 360-10-05, Property, Plant, and Equipment, if indicators of impairment exist, we assess the
recoverability of the affected long-lived assets by determining whether the carrying value of such assets can be recovered through the
undiscounted future operating cash flows related to the long-lived assets. If impairment is indicated, we measure the amount of such
impairment by comparing the carrying value of the asset to the fair value of the asset and record the impairment as a reduction in the carrying
value of the related asset and a charge to operating results. While our current and historical operating losses and cash flow are indicators of
impairment, we performed an impairment analysis at December 31, 2013 and determined that our long-lived assets were not impaired.

Warrant Derivative Liability

The warrants issued in connection with the registered direct offering of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series D Warrants”)
are measured at fair value and liability-classified because the Series C Warrants and  Series D Warrants contained “down-round protection”
and therefore, did not meet the scope exception for treatment as a derivative under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, Since “down-round
protection” is not an input into the calculation of the fair value of the warrants, the warrants cannot be considered indexed to the Company’s
own stock which is a requirement for the scope exception as outlined under ASC 815. The estimated fair value of the warrants was
determined using the binomial model, resulting in an allocation of the gross proceeds of $283,725 to the warrants issued in the Series D
registered direct offering. The fair value will be affected by changes in inputs to that model including our stock price, expected stock price
volatility, the contractual term, and the risk-free interest rate. We will continue to classify the fair value of the warrants as a liability until the
warrants are exercised, expire or are amended in a way that would no longer require these warrants to be classified as a liability, whichever
comes first. The down-round protection for the Series D Warrants survives for the life of the Series D Warrants which ends in May 2017.

Conversion Option Liability

The Company signed five convertible notes and has determined that conversion options are embedded in the notes and it is required to
bifurcate the conversion option from the host contract under ASC 815 and account for the derivatives at fair value. The estimated fair value
of the conversion options was determined using the binomial model. The fair value of the conversion options will be classified as a liability
until the debt is converted by the note holders or paid back by the Company.  The fair value will be affected by changes in inputs to that
model including our stock price, expected stock price volatility, the contractual term, and the risk-free interest rate.  We will continue to
classify the fair value of the conversion options as a liability until the conversion options are exercised, expire or are amended in a way that
would no longer require these conversion options to be classified as a liability, whichever comes first. The Company has adopted a
sequencing policy that reclassifies contracts (from equity to liabilities) with the most recent inception date first.  Thus any available shares
are allocated first to contracts with the most recent inception dates.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain allowances for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. Judgments are
used in determining the allowance for doubtful accounts and are based on a combination of factors. Such factors include historical collection
experience, credit policy and specific customer collection issues. In circumstances where we are aware of a specific customer’s inability to
meet its financial obligations to us (e.g., due to a bankruptcy filing), we record a specific reserve for bad debts against amounts due to reduce
the  net  recognized  receivable  to  the  amount  we  reasonably  believe  will  be  collected.  We  perform  ongoing  credit  evaluations  of  our
customers and continuously monitor collections and payments from our customers. While actual bad debts have historically been within our
expectations and the provisions established, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to experience the same bad debt rates that we have in
the past. A significant change in the liquidity or financial position of any of our customers could result in the uncollectability of the related
accounts receivable and could adversely impact our operating cash flows in that period.

37

 
 
 
Inventories.

We value our inventories at lower of cost or market. Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method, including material, labor

and factory overhead. In assessing the ultimate realization of inventories, management judgment is required to determine the reserve for
obsolete or excess inventory. Inventory on hand may exceed future demand either because the product is obsolete, or because the amount on
hand is more than can be used to meet future needs. We provide for the total value of inventories that we determine to be obsolete or excess
based on criteria such as customer demand and changing technologies. We historically have not experienced significant inaccuracies in
computing our reserves for obsolete or excess inventory.

Equity Transactions.

We evaluate the proper classification of our equity instruments that embody an unconditional obligation requiring the issuer to redeem it

by transferring assets at a determinable date or that contain certain conditional obligations, typically classified as equity, be classified as a
liability. We record financing costs associated with our capital raising efforts in our statements of operations. These include amortization of
debt issue costs such as cash, warrants and other securities issued to finders and placement agents, and amortization of preferred stock
discount created by in-the-money conversion features on convertible debt and allocates the proceeds amongst the securities based on relative
fair values or based upon the residual method. We based our estimates and assumptions on the best information available at the time of
valuation, however, changes in these estimates and assumptions could have a material effect on the valuation of the underlying instruments.

Stock-Based Compensation.

 We account for employee and non-employee director stock-based compensation using the fair value method of accounting.

Compensation cost arising from stock options to employees and non-employee directors is recognized using the straight-line method over the
vesting period, which represents the requisite service or performance period. The calculation of stock-based compensation requires us to
estimate several factors, most notably the term, volatility and forfeitures. We estimate the option term using historical terms and estimate
volatility based on historical volatility of our common stock over the option’s expected term. Expected forfeitures based on historical
forfeitures in calculating the expense related to stock-based compensation associated with stock awards. Our estimates and assumptions are
based on the best information available at the time of valuation, however, changes in these estimates and assumptions could have a material
effect on the valuation of the underlying instruments.

ITEM 7A. 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

Not Applicable

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. 

 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors of
Pressure BioSciences, Inc. and Subsidiary:

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Pressure BioSciences, Inc. and Subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013
and 2012 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended.
These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these
financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States).  Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are
free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over
financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures
that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal
control  over  financial  reporting. Accordingly,  we  express  no  such  opinion. An  audit  also  includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of
Pressure BioSciences, Inc. and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years
then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in
Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has had recurring net losses and continues to experience negative cash flows from
operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans regarding those
matters also are described in Note 1. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this
uncertainty.

/s/ MARCUM LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
March 31, 2014

39

 
 
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable
Inventories, net of reserves of $50,000 at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012
Prepaid income taxes
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total current assets

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
OTHER ASSETS
Deposits
Intangible assets, net
TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accounts payable
Accrued employee compensation
Accrued professional fees and other
Deferred revenue
Promissory note
Dividend liability
Related party debt
Convertible debt, net of debt discount of $331,806 at December 31, 2013 and $0 at December 31, 2012
Other debt
Warrant derivative liability
Conversion option liability
Total current liabilities
LONG TERM LIABILITIES
Deferred revenue
TOTAL LIABILITIES

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 7)
STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
Series D convertible preferred stock, $.01 par value; 850 shares authorized; 300 shares issued and
outstanding on December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 (Liquidation value of $300,000)
Series G convertible preferred stock, $.01 par value; 240,000 shares authorized;  145,320 shares issued
and outstanding on December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012
Series H convertible preferred stock $.01 par value 10,000 shares authorized; 10,000 shares issued and
outstanding on December 31, 2013 and  0  at December 31, 2012
Series J convertible preferred stock $.01 par value 6,250 shares authorized; 5,087.5 shares issued and
outstanding on December 31, 2013 and  0  at December 31, 2012
Series K convertible preferred stock $.01 par value 15,000 shares authorized; 4,000 shares issued and
outstanding on December 31, 2013 and  0  at December 31, 2012
 Common Stock, $.01 par value; 50,000,000 and 20,000,000 shares authorized; 12,024,267 and
12,149,267 shares issued and outstanding on December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively
Warrants to acquire preferred stock and Common Stock
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit

Total stockholders'  deficit

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

2013

2012

 $

 $

31,417 
147,635 
736,676 
7,381 
85,573 
1,008,682 

58,102     

1,461 
216,265 
923,362 
7,381 
83,435 
1,231,904 
30,282 

- 
36,498 
1,103,282 

 $

6,472 
85,130 
1,353,788 

  $

1,102,772 
149,333 
615,244 
28,189 
75,000 
- 
25,182 
281,796 
89,989 
344,570 
356,197 
3,068,272 

1,199,846 
119,338 
267,936 
46,466 
75,000 
60,000 
98,675 
863,004 
- 
160,812 
- 
2,891,077 

2,785 
3,071,057 

2,487 
2,893,564 

3 

3 

1,453 

1,453 

100 

51 

40 

- 

- 

- 

121,493 
120,243 
3,015,996 
4,267,402 
19,509,921 
   15,940,818 
(25,866,988)    (20,619,539)
(1,539,776)
1,353,788 

(1,967,775)   
 $
1,103,282 

 $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

40

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
      
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
      
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
   
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

Revenue:
Products, services, other
Grant revenue

Total revenue

Costs and expenses:

Cost of PCT products and services
Research and development
Selling and marketing
General and administrative

Total operating costs and expenses

Operating loss

Other income (expense):
Interest expense, net
Other income (expense), net
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities

Total other income (expense)

Loss before income taxes
Income tax benefit
Net loss
Accrued and deemed dividends on convertible preferred stock
Net loss applicable to common shareholders

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2013

2012

 $

 $

1,046,678 
456,610 
1,503,288 

809,308 
428,909 
1,238,217 

567,828 
1,035,426 
752,288 
2,474,938 
4,830,480 

416,415 
965,623 
714,635 
2,605,186 
4,701,859 

(3,327,192)   

(3,463,642)

(339,818)   
(531,130)   
113,713 
(757,235)   

(133,417)
- 
144,840 
11,423 

- 

(4,084,427)   

(3,452,219)
2,014 
(3,450,205)
(950,010)
 $ (5,247,449)  $ (4,400,215)

(4,084,427)   
(1,163,022)   

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders - basic and diluted

 $

(0.44)  $

(0.43)

Weighted average  common  shares outstanding used in basic and diluted net loss per share calculation

11,821,870 

   10,154,175 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
     
 
   
     
 
  
  
  
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
      
  
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
  
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

Series C Preferred
Stock

Series D

Series E

Preferred Stock    

Preferred Stock    

Series G Preferred
Stock

Series H Preferred
Stock

Series J Preferred
Stock

  Shares    Amount    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares

    Amount    Shares     Amount    Shares     Amount  

   88,098  $ 881     743   $

7   

 -    

-   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-   

 -   $

-    

-   $

-    

-   $

 -    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-    

-    

-     500    

5    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-     120,680      1,207     

-     

-     

-     

-   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-     24,640    

246    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

  (88,098)  

(881)    (443)   

(4)    (500)   

(5)   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   
-   

-    
-    

-    
-    

-    
-    

-    
-    

-    
-    

-    
-    

-    
-    

-    
-    

-    
-    

-    
-    

-  $

-     300   $

3    

-   $

-     145,320   $ 1,453    

-   $

-    

-   $

-   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-     10,000    

100    

-    

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

-   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-     5,088    

51 

BALANCE,
January 1, 2012
    Stock-based
compensation
    Issuance of
Series E
convertible
preferred stock
    Issuance of
Series G
convertible
preferred stock
    Fair value
of  common stock
for services
    Offering costs
for issuance of
preferred stock
 Issuance of
warrants in
connection short-
term loans
    Issuance of
warrants for
services
    Issuance of
Series G preferred
stock in lieu
of  cash for Board
of Director fees
    Warrant
modifications
    Conversion of
preferred stock
to  common stock
    Common stock
paid-in-kind
dividends earned
    Series E
dividend paid in
cash
    Issuance of
common stock in
private placement
    Issuance
of  common stock
for dividends
paid-in-kind
    Net loss
BALANCE,
December 31,
2012
    Stock-based
compensation
    Issuance of
Series H
convertible
preferred stock
    Issuance of
Series J
convertible
preferred stock
    Issuance of

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Series K
convertible
preferred stock
    Fair value of
common stock
issued for services
    Offering costs
for issuance of
preferred stock
    Issuance of
warrants in
connection short-
term loans
    Issuance of
warrants for
services
    Conversion of
common stock to
preferred stock
    Common stock
paid-in-kind
dividends earned
    Dividends
earned on
preferred stock
    Beneficial
conversion feature
on convertible
preferred stock
    Reclassification
of conversion
option liabilities
     Net loss
BALANCE,
December 31,
2013

-   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-     

-     

-     

-     

-     

-   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-    

-   
-   

-    
-    

-    
-    

-    
-    

-    
-    

-    
-    

-     
-    

-     
-    

-     
-    

-     
-    

-     
-    

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

-  $

-     300   $

3    

-   $

-     145,320   $ 1,453     10,000   $ 100     5,088   $

51 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

42

  
    
     
     
     
     
     
      
      
      
      
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT (CONTINUED)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

  Series K Preferred Stock    

Common Stock

Stock

Shares

    Amount

Shares

    Amount

 Warrants    

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

    Accumulated    
Deficit

Total
Stockholders'
 Deficit

BALANCE, January 1,
2012

Stock-based
compensation

Issuance of Series E

convertible preferred
stock

Issuance of Series G

convertible preferred
stock

Fair value of common
stock issued for services
Offering costs for
issuance of preferred
stock

Issuance of warrants in

connection short-term
loans

Issuance of warrants for

services

Issuance of Series G
preferred stock in lieu of
cash for Board      of
Director fees

Warrant modifications
Conversion of preferred

stock to common stock

Common stock paid-in-

kind dividends earned

Series E dividend paid

in cash

Issuance of common

stock in private placement   
    Issuance of  common
stock for dividends paid-
in-kind
    Net loss
BALANCE, December
31, 2012

Stock-based
compensation

Issuance of Series H

convertible preferred
stock

Issuance of Series J
convertible preferred
stock

Issuance of Series K

convertible preferred
stock

Fair value of common
stock issued for services
Offering costs for
issuance of preferred
stock

Issuance of warrants in

connection short-term
loans

Issuance of warrants for

services

Conversion of common

stock to preferred stock

Common stock paid-in-

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

   6,723,993 

 $

67,240 

 $2,203,101 

 $13,823,875 

 $(16,503,440)  $ (408,336)

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

   1,125,000 

11,250 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

   2,723,540 

27,235 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

133,193 

499,995 

104,301 

497,867 

- 

- 

343,297 

(194,367)   

45,156 

11,883 

- 

- 

20,596 
323,556 

102,358 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(190,891)   

133,193 

500,000 

603,375 

354,547 

(194,367)

45,156 

11,883 

123,200 
132,665 

- 

- 

- 

(24,549)   

- 

- 

- 

- 

(278,184)   

(278,184)

(196,819)   

(196,819)

971,867 

9,719 

307,403 

482,878 

- 

800,000 

604,867 
- 

6,049 
- 

- 
- 

276,271 
- 

284,116 
(3,450,205)    (3,450,205)

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

 $

- 

   12,149,267 

 $ 121,493 

 $3,015,996 

 $15,940,818 

 $(20,619,539)  $(1,539,776)

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

   (1,000,000)   

(10,000)   

- 

- 

136,796 

9,900 

- 

- 

136,796 

- 

- 

- 

- 

885,309 

   1,149,340 

- 

   2,034,700 

4,000 

40     

271,422 

728,538     

   1,000,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

875,000 

8,750 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

467,962 

(67,739)   

73,647 

21,028 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

476,712 

(67,739)

73,676 

21,028 

- 

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
kind dividends earned
Dividends earned on

preferred stock

Beneficial conversion

feature on convertible
preferred stock

Reclassification of

conversion option
liabilities
Net loss

BALANCE, December
31, 2013

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(160,420)   

(160,420)

- 

   1,002,602 

(1,002,602)   

- 

- 
- 

141,704 
- 

141,704 
(4,084,427)    (4,084,427)

- 

4,000 

 $

40 

   12,024,267 

 $ 120,243 

 $4,267,402 

 $19,509,921 

 $(25,866,988)  $(1,967,775)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

43

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013 AND 2012

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

Net loss

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities

Depreciation and amortization
Accretion of non-cash interest and amortization of debt issue costs
Stock-based compensation expense
Amortization of third party fees paid in restricted common stock
Net change in inventory reserves
Change in fair value of derivative liabilities
Recovery of bad debt expense

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Accounts payable
Accrued employee compensation
Deferred revenue and other accrued expenses
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    Net cash used in operating activities

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

Purchases of property and equipment

    Net cash used in investing activities

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

Borrowings on convertible debt, net of issuance costs
Borrowings on related party and other debt, net of issuance costs
Repayment of related party and other debt
Repayment of convertible debt
Payment of dividends
Net proceeds from the issuance of common stock
Net proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock

    Net cash provided by financing activities

Change in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION:

Income taxes paid
Issuance of  common stock dividend on preferred stock
Convertible debt exchanged for common stock
Debt and accrued interest exchanged for preferred stock
Fair value of  common stock issued for services
Issuance of preferred stock for board fees
Warrant modifications
Beneficial conversion feature on convertible preferred stock
Dividends earned on preferred stock

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2013

2012

 $ (4,084,427)  $ (3,450,205)

79,563 
708,729 
136,796 
480,492 
- 

(113,713)   

- 

107,519 
91,315 
133,193 
489,605 
50,000 
(144,840)
(9,600)

68,630 
186,686 
(97,074)   
29,995 
257,387 
4,333 
(2,342,603)   

84,988 
95,651 
309,170 
(61,099)
119,403 
20,099 
(2,164,801)

(58,749)   
(58,749)   

- 
- 

1,374,297 
222,000 
(180,304)   
(350,000)   
(60,000)   

- 
1,425,315 
2,431,308 

 $

 $

29,956 
1,461 
31,417 

- 
- 
0 
1,503,530 
467,964 
38,126 
- 
1,002,602 
160,420 

1,394,000 
98,675 
- 
(101,556)
(196,818)
377,453 
371,733 
1,943,487 

(221,314)
222,775 
1,461 

1,900 
284,116 
387,547 
586,873 
354,547 
123,200 
190,891 
- 
27,584 

 $

 $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

44

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
     
 
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
  
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
      
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
(1)  Business Overview, Liquidity and Management Plans

We are focused on solving the challenging problems inherent in biological sample preparation, a crucial laboratory step performed by
scientists worldwide working in biological life sciences research. Sample preparation is a term that refers to a wide range of activities that
precede most forms of scientific analysis. Sample preparation is often complex, time-consuming, and in our belief, one of the most error-
prone steps of scientific research. It is a widely-used laboratory undertaking, the requirements of which drive what we believe is a large and
growing worldwide market. We have developed and patented a novel, enabling technology platform that can control the sample preparation
process. It is based on harnessing the unique properties of high hydrostatic pressure. This process, called pressure cycling technology, or
PCT, uses alternating cycles of hydrostatic pressure between ambient and ultra-high levels (35,000 psi or greater) to safely, conveniently
and reproducibly control the actions of molecules in biological samples, such as cells and tissues from human, animal, plant, and microbial
sources.

Our pressure cycling technology uses internally developed instrumentation that is capable of cycling pressure between ambient and
ultra-high levels - at controlled temperatures and specific time intervals - to rapidly and repeatedly control the interactions of bio-molecules,
such as DNA, RNA, proteins, lipids, and small molecules. Our laboratory instrument, the Barocycler®, and our internally developed
consumables product line, including PULSE (Pressure Used to Lyse Samples for Extraction) Tubes, other processing tubes, and application
specific kits (which include consumable products and reagents) together make up our PCT Sample Preparation System, or PCT SPS.

We have experienced negative cash flows from operations with respect to our pressure cycling technology business since our
inception. As of December 31, 2013, we did not have adequate working capital resources to satisfy our current liabilities. Based on our
current projections, including equity financing subsequent to December 31, 2013, we believe our current cash resources will enable us to
extend our cash until August 2014.

As a result, the audit report issued by our independent registered public accounting firm on our audited financial statements for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 contains an explanatory paragraph regarding our ability to continue as a going concern due to the risk
that we may not have sufficient cash and liquid assets at December 31, 2013 to cover our operating and capital requirements for the next
twelve-month period; and if sufficient cash cannot be obtained, we would have to substantially alter, or possibly even discontinue,
operations. The accompanying financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

The conditions described above could adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on favorable terms, if at all, and may
cause investors to have reservations about our long-term prospects, and may adversely affect our relationships with customers. There can be
no assurance that our auditing firm will not qualify its opinion in the future. If we cannot successfully continue as a going concern, our
stockholders may lose their entire investment in us. Although we have successfully completed equity financings and reduced expenses in
the past, we cannot assure you that our plans to address these matters in the future will be successful.  If we are not successful there is
substantial doubt that we can continue as a going concern.

Management has developed a plan to continue operations. This plan includes further reductions in expenses and obtaining equity or
debt financing including our most recently completed financing in January and February 2014, our Series K financing round, in which we
sold units consisting of convertible preferred shares of and warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock for net aggregate proceeds of
approximately $1,849,110 of which approximately $392,750 was from the conversion of outstanding indebtedness and accrued board of
directors’ fees  and $1,456,360 in cash. Although we have successfully completed equity financings and reduced expenses in the past, we
cannot assure that our plans to address these matters in the future will be successful. Additional financing may not be available to us on a
timely basis, if at all, or on terms acceptable to us. In the event we are unable to raise sufficient funds on terms acceptable to us, we may be
required to:

●  severely limit or cease our operations or otherwise reduce planned expenditures and forego other business opportunities, which
could harm our business. The accompanying financial statements do not include adjustments that may be required in the event of
the disposal of assets or the discontinuation of the business;

●  obtain financing with terms that may have the effect of diluting or adversely affecting the holdings or the rights of the holders of

our capital stock; or

●  obtain funds through arrangements with future collaboration partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights to some or

all of our technologies or products.

Our Common Stock is listed on the Over-the-Counter exchange.

45

 
 
 
 
(2)  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

i.  Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiary PBI BioSeq,

Inc. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

ii.  Use of Estimates

To prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of

America, we are required to make significant estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. In addition, significant estimates were made in projecting future cash flows to quantify impairment of assets,
deferred tax assets, the costs associated with fulfilling our warranty obligations for the instruments that we sell, and the estimates employed
in our calculation of fair value of stock options awarded and warrant derivative liability. We base our estimates on historical experience and
on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making
judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ
from the estimates and assumptions used.

iii.  Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when realized or earned when all the following criteria have been met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement

exists; delivery has occurred and risk of loss has passed to the customer; the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and
collectability is reasonably assured.

Our current instruments, the Barocycler NEP3229 and NEP2320, require a basic level of instrumentation expertise to set-up for initial
operation. To support a favorable first experience for our customers, we send a highly trained technical representative to the customer site to
install every Barocycler that we sell, lease, or rent through our domestic sales force. The installation process includes uncrating and setting
up the instrument, followed by introductory user training. Product revenue related to current Barocycler instrumentation is recognized upon
the completion of the installation and introductory training process of the instrumentation at the customer location, for domestic
installations. Product revenue related to sales of PCT instrumentation to our foreign distributors is recognized upon shipment through a
common carrier. We provide for the expected costs of warranty upon the recognition of revenue for the sales of our instrumentation. Our
sales arrangements do not provide our customers with a right of return. Product revenue related to the HUB440 and our consumable
products such as PULSE Tubes, MicroTubes, and application specific kits is recorded upon shipment through a common carrier. Shipping
costs are included in sales and marketing expense. Any shipping costs billed to customers are recognized as revenue.

We account for our lease agreements under the operating method. We record revenue over the life of the lease term and we record
depreciation expense on a straight-line basis over the thirty-six month estimated useful life of the Barocycler instrument. The depreciation
expense associated with assets under lease agreement is included in the “Cost of PCT products and services” line item in our consolidated
statements of operations. Many of our lease and rental agreements allow the lessee to purchase the instrument at any point during the term
of the agreement with partial or full credit for payments previously made. We pay all maintenance costs associated with the instrument
during the term of the leases.

Revenue from government grants is recorded when expenses are incurred under the grant in accordance with the terms of the grant

award.

Revenue from service contracts is recorded ratably over the length of the contract.

Our transactions sometimes involve multiple elements (i.e., products and services). Revenue under multiple element arrangements is
recognized in accordance with FASB ASC 605-25 Multiple-Element Arrangements (“ASC 605”). When vendor specific objective evidence
or third party evidence of selling price for deliverables in an arrangement cannot be determined, the Company develops a best estimate of
the selling price to separate deliverables and allocates arrangement consideration using the relative selling price method. If an arrangement
includes undelivered elements that are not essential to the functionality of the delivered elements, we defer the fair value of the undelivered
elements to such time as they are delivered. Fair value is determined based upon the price charged when the element is sold separately. If
there is not sufficient evidence of the fair value of the undelivered elements the Company uses its best estimate of the value of those items
and recognizes revenues based on the relative values of the delivered and undelivered items. We provide certain customers with extended
service contracts with revenue recognized ratably over the life of the contract.

46

 
 
 
 
 
iv.  Cash and Cash Equivalents

Our policy is to invest available cash in short-term, investment grade interest-bearing obligations, including money market funds, and

bank and corporate debt instruments. Securities purchased with initial maturities of three months or less are valued at cost plus accrued
interest, which approximates fair value, and are classified as cash equivalents.

v.  Research and Development

Research and development costs, which are comprised of costs incurred in performing research and development activities including
wages and associated employee benefits, facilities, consumable products and overhead costs that are expensed as incurred. In support of our
research and development activities we utilize our Barocycler instruments that are capitalized as fixed assets and depreciated over their
expected useful life.

vi.  Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (average cost) or market (sales price). The cost of Barocyclers consists of the cost charged

by the contract manufacturer. The cost of manufactured goods includes material, freight-in, direct labor, and applicable overhead. The
composition of inventory as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

Raw materials
Finished goods
Inventory reserve
Total

vii.  Property and Equipment

December 31,

 $

2013
147,290 
639,386 
(50,000)   
 $
736,676 

2012
183,655 
789,707 
(50,000)
923,362 

 $

 $

Property and equipment are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation. For financial reporting purposes, depreciation is recognized

using the straight-line method, allocating the cost of the assets over their estimated useful lives of three years for certain laboratory
equipment, from three to five years for management information systems and office equipment, and three years for all PCT finished units
classified as fixed assets.

viii.  Intangible Assets

We have classified as intangible assets, costs associated with the fair value of acquired intellectual property. Intangible assets,

including patents, are being amortized on a straight-line basis over sixteen years. We perform an annual review of our intangible assets for
impairment. When impairment is indicated, any excess of carrying value over fair value is recorded as a loss. An impairment analysis of
intangible assets was performed as of December 31, 2013. Based on this analysis, we have concluded that no impairment of intangible
assets had occurred.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
ix.  Long-Lived Assets and Deferred Costs

The Company’s long-lived assets and other assets are reviewed for impairment in accordance with the guidance of the FASB ASC 360-

10-05, Property, Plant, and Equipment, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may
not be recoverable. Recoverability of an asset to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the
future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment to be
recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Through December 31, 2013, the
Company had not experienced impairment losses on its long-lived assets. While our current and historical operating losses and cash flow
are indicators of impairment, we performed an impairment test at December 31, 2013 and determined that such long-lived assets were not
impaired.

x.  Concentrations

Credit Risk

Our financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and trade

receivables. We have cash investment policies which, among other things, limit investments to investment-grade securities. We perform
ongoing credit evaluations of our customers, and the risk with respect to trade receivables is further mitigated by the fact that many of our
customers are government institutions and university labs. Allowances are provided for estimated amounts of accounts receivable which
may not be collected.  At December 31, 2013 and 2012, we determined that no allowance against accounts receivable was necessary.

The following table illustrates the level of concentration of the below two groups within revenue as a percentage of total revenues

during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

Top Five Customers
Federal Agencies

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2013

2012

53%   
33%   

50%
41%

The following table illustrates the level of concentration of the below two groups within accounts receivable as a percentage of total

accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

Top Five Customers
Federal Agencies

Product Supply

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2013

2012

86%   
16%   

34%
32%

BIT Group USA, formerly Source Scientific, LLC, has been our sole contract manufacturer for all of our PCT instrumentation. Until

we develop a broader network of manufacturers and subcontractors, obtaining alternative sources of supply or manufacturing services
could involve significant delays and other costs and challenges, and may not be available to us on reasonable terms, if at all. The failure of
a supplier or contract manufacturer to provide sufficient quantities, acceptable quality and timely products at an acceptable price, or an
interruption of supplies from such a supplier could harm our business and prospects.

xi.  Computation of Loss per Share

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common
shares outstanding. Diluted loss per share is computed by dividing loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number
of common shares outstanding plus additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had
been issued. For purposes of this calculation, convertible preferred stock, common stock dividends, warrants to acquire preferred stock
convertible into common stock, and warrants and options to acquire common stock, are all considered common stock equivalents in periods
in which they have a dilutive effect and are excluded from this calculation in periods in which these are anti-dilutive. The following table
illustrates our computation of loss per share for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
Numerator:
Net loss
Accrued dividend for Preferred Stock paid in common stock
Deemed dividend on warrant modifications
Issuance of common stock for dividends paid in kind
Beneficial conversion feature for preferred stock
Preferred dividends accrued
Preferred dividends accrued and paid in cash
Net loss applicable to common shareholders

Denominator for basic and diluted loss per share:

Weighted average  common shares outstanding

Loss per common share - basic and diluted

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2013

2012

- 
- 
- 

 $ (4,084,427)  $ (3,450,205)
(278,184)
(190,891)
(284,116)
- 
- 
(196,819)
 $ (5,247,449)  $ (4,400,215)

(1,002,602)   
(160,420)   

- 

   11,821,870 

   10,154,175 

 $

(0.44)  $

(0.43)

The following table presents securities that could potentially dilute basic loss per share in the future. For all periods presented, the
potentially dilutive securities were not included in the computation of diluted loss per share because these securities would have been anti-
dilutive.

Stock options
Convertible debt
Common stock warrants
Preferred stock warrants
Convertible preferred stock:

Series A Convertible Preferred
Series B Convertible Preferred
Series C Convertible Preferred
Series D Convertible Preferred
Series E Convertible Preferred
Series G Convertible Preferred
Series H Convertible Preferred
Series J Convertible Preferred
Series K Convertible Preferred

xii.  Accounting for Income Taxes

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2013
1,771,708 
2,242,024 
   15,012,327 
- 

2012
1,605,750 
- 
6,687,099 
- 

- 
- 
- 
750,000 
- 
1,453,200 
1,000,000 
5,087,500 
4,000,000 
   31,316,759 

- 
- 
- 
750,000 
- 
1,453,200 
- 
- 
- 
   10,496,049 

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets, subject to

valuation allowances, and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements
or tax returns. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and
liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes. The Company considers many factors when assessing the likelihood of future
realization of our deferred tax assets, including recent cumulative earnings experience by taxing jurisdiction, expectations of future taxable
income or loss, the carry-forward periods available to us for tax reporting purposes, and other relevant factors. A valuation allowance is
established if it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. If substantial changes in the
company’s ownership should occur, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, there could be significant limitations on the
amount of net loss carry forwards that could be used to offset future taxable income.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
      
  
   
      
  
 
   
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
xiii.  Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

We maintain equity compensation plans under which incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options are granted to employees,

independent members of our Board of Directors and outside consultants. We recognize equity compensation expense over the requisite
service period using the Black-Scholes formula to estimate the fair value of the stock options on the date of grant.

Determining Fair Value of Stock Option Grants

Valuation and Amortization Method - The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes
pricing model based on certain assumptions. The estimated fair value of employee stock options is amortized to expense using the straight-
line method over the vesting period, which generally is over three years.

Expected Term - The Company uses the simplified calculation of expected life, described in the FASB ASC 718,  Compensation-Stock

Compensation, as the Company does not currently have sufficient historical exercise data on which to base an estimate of expected term.
Using this method, the expected term is determined using the average of the vesting period and the contractual life of the stock options
granted.

Expected Volatility - Expected volatility is based on the Company’s historical stock volatility data over the expected term of the award.

Risk-Free Interest Rate  - The Company bases the risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes valuation method on the implied

yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term.

Forfeitures - As required by FASB ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, the Company records stock-based compensation

expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. The Company estimated a forfeiture rate of 5% for awards granted based on
historical experience and future expectations of options vesting. We used this historical rate as our assumption in calculating future stock-
based compensation expense.

The following table summarizes the assumptions we utilized for grants of stock options to the three sub-groups of our stock option

recipients during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

Assumptions
Expected life

Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Forfeiture rate
Expected dividend yield

Non-Employee
Board Members  

  2.0-5.0 (yrs)

55.66%-
134.75%  

CEO, other
Officers and
Employees
6.0 (yrs)
55.66%-
124.89%

  1.00%-4.94%   0.50%-4.94%
  0.00%-5.00%   2.00%-5.00%

0.0%

0.0%

On August 15, 2012, the Board of Directors approved the immediate re-pricing of certain outstanding stock options (approximately

1,555,500 shares) held by current officers, employees and board members with outstanding stock options to $1.00 per share, a 200%
premium to the closing market price on August 15, 2012 of $0.32, for original stock options with an exercise price above $1.00, to $0.60
per share, a 88% premium to the closing market price on August 15, 2012 of $0.32, for original stock options with an exercise price below
$1.00 but above $0.60.  The compensation value created by the re-pricing, as determined under the Black-Scholes method, was
approximately $62,000 and under current accounting rules results in a non-cash expense in current and future periods, not to exceed the
vesting periods of the stock options.

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assumptions for re-pricing of the options were:

Assumptions
Expected life (in years)
Weighted average expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Weighted average re-priced Black-Scholes calculated fair value

Awards re-
priced during
the year ended
 December 31,
2012

6 

124.9%
0.7%

0.32 

We recognized stock-based compensation expense of $136,796 and $133,193 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012,
respectively. The following table summarizes the effect of this stock-based compensation expense within each of the line items within our
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations:

Research and development
Selling and marketing
General and administrative
Total stock-based compensation expense

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2013

2012

 $

 $

53,509 
26,551 
56,736 
136,796 

 $

 $

30,034 
28,944 
74,215 
133,193 

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the total fair value of stock options awarded was $128,642 and $116,816,

respectively.

As of December 31, 2013, the total estimated fair value of unvested stock options to be amortized over their remaining vesting period

was $65,953. The non-cash, stock based compensation expense associated with the vesting of these options will be $45,598 in 2014,
$18,575 in 2015, and $1,780 in 2016.

xiv.  Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Due to their short maturities, the carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued
expenses approximate their fair value. Short-term and long-term liabilities are primarily related to liabilities transferred under contractual
arrangements with carrying values that approximate fair value.

xv.  Advertising

        Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. During 2013 we did not spend anything on advertising.  We incurred $500 in advertising
expense in 2012.

xvi.  Fair Value Measurements

The Company follows the guidance of FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”) as of June 30,
2012, as it related to all financial assets and financial liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a
recurring basis.

The Company generally defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly

transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The Company uses a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which
classifies the inputs used in measuring fair values. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices for
identical instruments in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or
indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to
develop its own assumptions.

Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value
measurement. The Company has determined that it does not have any financial assets measured at fair value and that its financial liabilities
are currently all classified within Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

51

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
The following tables set forth the Company’s financial liabilities that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of

December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The assumptions used to determine fair value of the warrants are contained in the table in Note
7 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The development of the unobservable inputs for Level 3 fair value measurements
and fair value calculations are the responsibility of the Company’s management.

Series D Common Stock Purchase Warrants

Series D Common Stock Purchase Warrants

Series D Common Stock Purchase Warrants

Series D Common Stock Purchase Warrants

April 11, 2013 note, conversion option
June 26, 2013 note, conversion option
December 4, 2013 note, conversion option
December 23, 2013 note, conversion option
Embedded conversion options

Fair value measurements at December 31, 2013 using:

Quoted prices in
active markets (Level
1)

Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)

 $

- 

 $

- 

 $

344,570 

December 31,
2013
344,570 

 $

Fair value measurements at December 31, 2012 using:

Quoted prices in
active markets (Level
1)

Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)

 $

- 

 $

- 

 $

160,812 

December 31,
2012
160,812 

 $

January 1,
2013
160,812 

Change in Fair
Value

 $

183,758 

December 31,
2013
344,570 

 $

  $

January 1,
2012
231,200 

  $

Change in Fair
Value

 $

(70,388)   $

December 31,
2012
160,812 

Fair value measurements at December 31, 2013 using:

December 31,
2013
130,734 
55,307 
98,129 
72,027 
356,197 

 $

 $

Quoted prices in
active

markets (Level 1)    
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

Significant other
observable inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
unobservable
inputs
 (Level 3)

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

 $

 $

130,734 
55,307 
98,129 
72,027 
356,197 

April 11, 2013 note, conversion option
 May 24, 2013 note, conversion option
 June 6, 2013 note, conversion option
 June 26, 2013 note, conversion option
December 4, 2013 note, conversion option
December 23, 2013 note, conversion option
Embedded conversion options

$

$

 -  $
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -   
 -  $

 January 1,
2013

Issuance date
fair value

Change in fair
value
(144,106)   $
(18,702)   
(120,535)   
(28,839)    
7,685 
7,024 
(297,471)  $

274,840    $
122,223     
158,715     
84,146     
90,444 
65,033 
795,371 

 $

Reclassification
into equity

December
31,
2013
-    $ 130,734 
- 
- 
55,307 
98,129 
72,027 
(141,701)  $ 356,197 

(103,521)    
(38,180)    
-     
- 
- 

The assumptions for the binomial pricing model are represented in the table below for the conversion options reflected on a per share

common stock equivalent basis.

52

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
Assumptions
Expected life (in months)
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Exercise price
Fair value per conversion option

Assumptions
Expected life (in months)
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Exercise price
Fair value per conversion option

Assumptions
Expected life (in months)
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Exercise price
Fair value per conversion option

Assumptions
Expected life (in months)
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Exercise price
Fair value per conversion option

Assumptions
Expected life (in months)
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Exercise price
Fair value per conversion option

Assumptions
Expected life (in months)
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Exercise price
Fair value per conversion option

Conversion
options
revalued at
December 31,
2013

April 11,
2013

12 
206.2%   
0.10%   
  $
0.14 
  $
0.29 

4 

149.9%
0.04%
0.14 
0.13 

Conversion
options
revalued at
November 22,
2013

May 24,
2013

24 
170.0%   
0.27%   
  $
0.25 
  $
0.31 

18 
181.8%
0.35%
0.17 
0.17 

Conversion
options
revalued at
December 26,
2013

June 6,
2013

12 
209.7%   
0.13%   
  $
0.40 
  $
0.25 

5 

132.9%
0.07%
0.40 
0.06 

Conversion
options
revalued at
December 31,
2013

June 26,
2013

12 
189.2%   
0.13%   
  $
0.17 
  $
0.26 

6 

136.5%
0.07%
0.14 
0.14 

  $
  $

  $
  $

  $
  $

  $
  $

Conversion
options
revalued at
December 31,
2013

December 4,
2013

24 
170.3%   
0.30%   
  $
0.40 
  $
0.16 

23 
170.3%
0.38%
0.40 
0.18 

  $
  $

Conversion
options
revalued at
December 31,
2013

December 23,
2013

36 
151.4%   
0.77%   
  $
0.40 
  $
0.17 

36 
152.5%
0.78%
0.40 
0.19 

  $
  $

Deferred Fiancing Costs: We evaluate the proper classification of our equity instruments that embody an unconditional obligation requiring
the issuer to redeem it by transferring assetss at a determinable date or that contain certain conditional obligations, typically classified as
equity, be classified as a liability. We record financing costs associated with our capital raising efforts in our statements of operations.
These include amortization of debt issue costs such as cash, warrants and other securities issued to finders and placement agents, and
amortization of preferred stock discount created by in-the-money conversion features on convertible debt and allocates the proceeds
amongst the securities based on relative fair values or based upon the residual method. We based our estimates and assumptions on the best
information available at the time of valuation, however, changes in these estimates and assumptions could have a material effect on
the valuation of the underlying instruments. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
 
53

 
(3)  Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of the following components:

Laboratory and manufacturing equipment
Office equipment
Leasehold improvements
PCT collaboration, demonstration and leased systems
Total property and equipment
Less accumulated depreciation
Net book value

December 31,

 $

2013
226,081 
142,323 
8,117 
461,858 
838,379 
(780,277)   
 $
58,102 

2012
172,560 
137,093 
8,117 
461,858 
779,628 
(749,346)
30,282 

 $

 $

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $30,931 and $58,889, respectively.

(4)  Intangible Assets, net

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 reflect the purchase price attributable to patents in connection with the 1998 acquisition of
BioSeq, Inc. and the PCT business. Acquired PCT patents are being amortized to expense on a straight line basis at the rate of $48,632 per
year over their estimated remaining useful lives of approximately 1 year. We performed a review of our intangible assets for impairment.
When impairment is indicated, any excess of carrying value over fair value is recorded as a loss. An impairment analysis of intangible
assets was performed as of December 31, 2013. We have concluded that there is no impairment of intangible assets. Intangible assets at
December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of the following:

PCT Patents
Less accumulated amortization
Net book value

December 31,

2013
778,156 
 $
(741,658)   
 $
36,498 

2012
778,156 
(693,026)
85,130 

 $

 $

Amortization expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $48,632 and is expected to be $36,498 in 2014, at

which time the assets will be fully amortized.

(5)  Retirement Plan

We provide all of our employees with the opportunity to participate in our retirement savings plan. Our retirement savings plan has

been qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Eligible employees are permitted to contribute to the plan through
payroll deductions within statutory limitations and subject to any limitations included in the plan. During 2013 and 2012 we contributed
$10,377 and $12,458, respectively, in the form of discretionary Company-matching contributions.

(6)  Income Taxes

The components of the benefit for income taxes are as follows:

       We did not record an income tax benefit or provision for the year ended December 31, 2013. We recorded a $2,014 income tax benefit
for the year ended December 31, 2012.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
        Significant items making up the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and  December 31, 2012 are as
follows:

Current deferred taxes
          Inventories
          Accounts Receivable allowance
          Other accruals
           Less: valuation allowance
                   Total current deferred tax assets
Long term deferred taxes:

Accelerated tax depreciation
Non-cash, stock-based compensation, nonqualified
Goodwill and intangibles
Operating loss carry forwards and tax credits
Less: valuation allowance

Total long term deferred tax assets (liabilities), net

Total net deferred tax liabilities

 $

 $

 $

 $

December 31,

2013

2012

 $

19,640 
- 
23,050 
(42,690)   
 $

- 

19,723 
- 
45,053 
(64,776)
- 

 $

29,511 
387,708 
(14,337)   

8,938,681 
(9,341,563)   

- 
- 

 $

32,686 
388,506 
(33,580)
7,643,661 
(8,031,273)
- 
- 

A valuation allowance is established if it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized.
Accordingly, a valuation allowance was established in 2013 and 2012 for the full amount of our deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty
of realization. We believe based on our projection of future taxable operating income for the foreseeable future, it is more likely than not
that we will not be able to realize the benefit of the deferred tax asset at December 31, 2013.

We have net operating loss carry-forwards for federal income tax purposes of $17,668,501 as of December 31, 2013. Included in these
numbers are loss carry-forwards that were obtained through the acquisition of BioSeq, Inc. and are subject to Section 382 NOL limitations.
These net operating loss carry-forwards expire at various dates from 2014 through 2033.

We had net operating loss carry-forwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $19,959,028 at December 31, 2013. These

net operating loss carry-forwards expire at various dates from 2014 through 2033.

We have research

We have research  and development tax credit carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $940,000 as of
December 31, 2013, and research and development tax credit carryforwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $140,000 as
of December 31, 2013. The federal credit carryforwards expire at various dates from 2014 through 2033. The state credit carryforwards
expire at various dates from 2014 through 2028.

In addition, we have federal alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $217,000

as of December 31, 2013. These credits do not expire.

Our effective income tax (benefit) provision rate was different than the statutory federal income tax (benefit) provision rate as follows:

Federal tax (benefit) provision rate
Permanent differences
State tax expense
Refundable AMT and R&D tax credit
Net operating loss carry back
Valuation allowance
Effective income tax (benefit) provision rate from continuing operations

(7)  Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2012

2012

34%   
(3) %   
0%   
0%   
0%   
(31) %   
0%   

34%
(1) %
0%
0%
0%
(33) %
0%

Our corporate office is currently located at 14 Norfolk Avenue, South Easton, Massachusetts 02375.   We are currently paying
approximately $4,800 per month for our corporate office. On December 31, 2013 the lease was amended to extend the expiration date to
December 31, 2014 at the rate of $4,800 per month.

Effective January 1, 2010, we entered into a three-year lease agreement with the University of Massachusetts in Boston, pursuant to

which we are leasing laboratory and office space on campus at the university for research and development activities. We paid $5,000 per
month for the use of these facilities.  On September 26, 2012, the lease was amended to extend the expiration date to December 31, 2014 at
a rate of $5,500 per month.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Following is a schedule by years of future minimum rental payments required under operating leases with initial or remaining non-

cancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2013:

Year ending
December 31:

2014  $
Thereafter   

123,600 
- 

 Total minimum payments
required

 $

123,600 

      Royalty Commitments

      BioMolecular Assays, Inc.

In 1996, we acquired our initial equity interest in BioSeq, Inc., which at the time was developing our original pressure cycling

technology. BioSeq, Inc. acquired its pressure cycling technology from BioMolecular Assays, Inc. under a technology transfer and patent
assignment agreement. In 1998, we purchased all of the remaining outstanding capital stock of BioSeq, Inc., and at such time, the
technology transfer and patent assignment agreement was amended to require us to pay BioMolecular Assays, Inc. a 5% royalty on our
sales of products or services that incorporate or utilize the original pressure cycling technology that BioSeq, Inc. acquired from
BioMolecular Assays, Inc. We are also required to pay BioMolecular Assays, Inc. 5% of the proceeds from any sale, transfer or license of
all or any portion of the original pressure cycling technology. These payment obligations terminate in 2016. During the fiscal years ended
December 31, 2013 and 2012, we incurred $23,785 and $23,635 in royalties, respectively.

In connection with our acquisition of BioSeq, Inc., we licensed certain limited rights to the original pressure cycling technology back to

BioMolecular Assays, Inc.  This license is non-exclusive and limits the use of the original pressure cycling technology by BioMolecular
Assays, Inc. solely for molecular applications in scientific research and development and in scientific plant research and development.
BioMolecular Assays, Inc. is required to pay us a royalty equal to 20% of any license or other fees and royalties, but not including research
support and similar payments, it receives in connection with any sale, assignment, license or other transfer of any rights granted to
BioMolecular Assays, Inc. under the license. BioMolecular Assays, Inc. must pay us these royalties until the expiration of the patents held
by BioSeq, Inc. in 1998, which we anticipate will be 2016. We have not received any royalty payments from BioMolecular Assays, Inc.
under this license.

Battelle Memorial Institute

In December 2008, we entered into an exclusive patent license agreement with the Battelle Memorial Institute ("Battelle"). The licensed
technology is described in the patent application filed by Battelle on July 31, 2008 (US serial number 12/183,219). This application includes
subject matter related to a method and a system for improving the analysis of protein samples, including through an automated system
utilizing pressure and a pre-selected agent to obtain a digested sample in a significantly shorter period of time than current methods, while
maintaining the integrity of the sample throughout the preparatory process. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we paid Battelle a non-
refundable initial fee of $35,000. In addition to royalty payments on net sales on “licensed products”, we are obligated to make minimum
royalty payments for each year that we retain the rights outlined in the patent license agreement and we are required to have our first
commercial sale of the licensed products within one year following the issuance of the patent covered by the licensed technology. After re-
negotiating the contract in 2013 our only obligation for 2013 was a minimum royalty payment of $4,025.  The minimum annual royalty
was $10,000 for 2012.

Target Discovery Inc.

In March 2010, we signed a strategic product licensing, manufacturing, co-marketing, and collaborative research and development
agreement with Target Discovery Inc. (“TDI”). Under the terms of the agreement, we have been licensed by TDI to manufacture and sell a
highly innovative line of chemicals used in the preparation of tissues for scientific analysis ("TDI reagents"). The TDI reagents were
designed for use in combination with our pressure cycling technology. The companies believe that the combination of PCT and the TDI
reagents can fill an existing need in life science research for an automated method for rapid extraction and recovery of intact, functional
proteins associated with cell membranes in tissue samples. We did not incur any royalty obligation under this agreement in 2013 or 2012.

Severance and Change of Control Agreements

Each of Mr. Schumacher, and Drs. Ting, Lazarev, and Lawrence, executive officers of the Company, are entitled to receive a severance

payment if terminated by us without cause. The severance benefits would include a payment in an amount equal to one year of such
executive officer’s annualized base salary compensation plus accrued paid time off. Additionally, the officer will be entitled to receive
medical and dental insurance coverage for one year following the date of termination.

56

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
Each of these executive officers, other than Mr. Schumacher, is entitled to receive a change of control payment in an amount equal to
one year of such executive officer’s annualized base salary compensation, accrued paid time off, and medical and dental coverage, in the
event of a change of control of the Company. In the case of Mr. Schumacher, this payment would be equal to two years of annualized base
salary compensation, accrued paid time off, and two years of medical and dental coverage. The severance payment is meant to induce the
aforementioned executives to remain in the employ of the Company, in general; and particularly in the occurrence of a change in control, as
a disincentive to the control change.

Promissory Note

On November 4, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with a former placement agent, pursuant to which the Company and
the placement agent released each other of their respective obligations under a prior investment banking agreement.  In connection with this
agreement, the Company issued the placement agent a promissory note with an original principal amount of $150,000 and a maturity date
of May 4, 2012.  The promissory note was interest free until May 4, 2012.  On November 15, 2012, $75,000 of principal and $16,125 of
accrued and unpaid interest were converted into 18,225 shares of the Company’s Series G Convertible Preferred Stock. The $75,000
principal balance remaining as of December 31, 2013 earns interest at a rate of 18% per year. The entire note balance along with all
accrued interest was paid off in February 2014.

Convertible Debt

Loans in the aggregate amount of $155,000 were received from two individuals in 2013. We accrued interest at a rate of 6% on the

loans.   These loans, along with $863,000 of other prior outstanding loans and unpaid interest, were converted to the Company’s Series J
Convertible Preferred Shares in February 2013.

On April 11, 2013, we signed a promissory note in the amount of $275,000.  The lender paid $125,000, net of $12,500 of original issue

discount, upon closing of the note.  The lender paid an additional $50,000, net of $5,000 original issue discount, on June 26, 2013. The
balance of the Consideration shall be paid in the amounts and the dates as the lender chooses.  The note and unpaid interest on the note are
due and payable one year from the effective date of each payment.  The Company has the right to repay the notes at any time within six
months of the effective date of each closing.  If the Company repays the note within 90 days of the effective date interest is 0%.  If the note
is not repaid within the 90 days a onetime interest charge of 12% will be applied. The Company has reserved at least 6,000,000 shares of
common stock for conversion under this note.  The Company evaluated the terms of this note in accordance with ASC 815-40, Derivatives
and Hedging Contracts in Entity’s Own Stock. The lender has the right to convert all or part of the unpaid principal and interest into
common stock at a conversion price of 60% of the lowest trade price in the 25 trading days prior to conversion after six months from the
effective date of each closing. The Company determined that the conversion feature met the definition of a liability and therefore,
bifurcated the conversion feature as a derivative liability. The derivative liability is measured at the end of each reporting period and the
change in fair value is recorded as other expense or income in the statement of operations. The fair value of the conversion feature was
$186,041 at December 31, 2013 and reflected in the conversion option liability line in the consolidated balance sheet. On October 10,
2013, this note was amended to change the lenders right to convert and the borrower’s right to repay to December 10, 2013. On December
10, 2013, this note was amended to change the lenders right to convert and the borrower’s right to repay to February 10, 2014.

The proceeds from the convertible debt issued on April 11, 2013, were allocated between the host debt instrument and the convertible

option based on the residual method.  The estimated fair value of the convertible option was determined using a binomial formula,
resulting in an allocation of $274,840 to the convertible option and accounted for as a liability in the Company’s consolidated balance
sheet. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 815-40, the entire gross proceeds of $137,500 was offset by a debt discount of $137,500
which will be amortized to interest expense over the twelve month life of the debt. The additional $149,840 adjustment between the
convertible option liability and the debt discount was charged directly to other expense.

The proceeds from the convertible debt issued on June 26, 2013, were allocated between the host debt instrument and the convertible

option based on the residual method.  The estimated fair value of the convertible option was determined using a binomial formula,
resulting in an allocation of $84,146 to the convertible option and accounted for as a liability in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.
In accordance with the provisions of ASC 815-40, the entire gross proceeds of $55,000 was offset by a debt discount of $55,000 which will
be amortized to interest expense over the twelve month life of the debt. The additional $34,146 adjustment between the convertible option
liability and the debt discount was charged directly to other expense.

57

 
 
 
 
So long as the note is outstanding, the Company shall notify the lender of the issuance of any security with a term more favorable to

the holder, and the lender may at its option, include the terms as a part of the transaction documents.  Both the April 11, 2013 note and the
June 26, 2013 note were paid off in February 2014.

On May 24, 2013, we entered into a Convertible Redeemable Note.  The lender paid $97,500, net of $2,500 in legal fees, on the
closing date.  The note does not bear interest.  The $100,000 principal is due on May 24, 2015.  The Company shall have the right to
redeem the note at 120% of the unpaid principal if paid within 90 days of the issuance day, 130% of the unpaid principal if repaid between
91 and 180 days following the issuance day and 150% at any time thereafter. The Company has reserved 1,000,000 shares of common
stock for conversion under this note. At any time six months after the closing date, the lender at its option may convert part, or all, of the
note then outstanding into shares of the Company’s common stock at a conversion price of 70% of the average weighted average price of
the common stock for the 10 trading days preceding the conversion date.  The Company determined that the conversion feature met the
definition of a liability and therefore, bifurcated the conversion feature as a derivative liability. The derivative liability is measured at the
end of each reporting period and the change in fair value is recorded as other expense or income in the statement of operations.

The proceeds from the convertible debt issued on May 24, 2013, were allocated between the host debt instrument and the convertible

option based on the residual method.  The estimated fair value of the convertible option was determined using a binomial formula,
resulting in an allocation of $122,223 to the convertible option and accounted for as a liability in the Company’s consolidated balance
sheet. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 815-40, the entire gross proceeds of $100,000 is offset by a debt discount of $100,000
which will be amortized to interest expense over the twenty-four month life of the debt. The additional $24,723 adjustment between the
convertible option liability and the debt discount was charged directly to other expense.

The entire balance of the debt was repaid on November 22, 2013 and the fair value of the conversion option liability remaining on the

balance sheet in the amount of $103,521 was reclassified to additional paid in capital.

On June 6, 2013, we signed a convertible debenture in the amount of $500,000.  The lender paid an initial payment of $213,000 net of
a “finder’s fee” discount of $25,000 and $12,000 in legal fees, on the closing date.  The lender has the right, any time after six months from
the issue date to convert any or part of the outstanding and unpaid principal into shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $0.40
per share subject to adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends or rights offerings.  The Company has the right to prepay the debenture for
a payment of 120% of the outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest.  The Company is required to reserve at least 2.5 times the
number of shares actually issuable upon full conversion of this debenture.  The Company determined that the conversion feature met the
definition of a liability in accordance with ASC 815-40, since the conversion price was subject to change and the conversion shares were
indeterminable, and therefore bifurcated the conversion feature as a derivative liability. The derivative liability is measured at the end of
each reporting period and the difference in fair value is recorded as other expense or income in the statement of operations.

The proceeds from the convertible debt issued on June 6, 2013, were allocated between the host debt instrument and the convertible

option based on the residual method.  The estimated fair value of the convertible option was determined using a binomial formula,
resulting in an allocation of $158,715 to the convertible option and accounted for as a liability in the Company’s consolidated balance
sheet. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 815-40, the gross proceeds of $250,000 was offset by a debt discount of $195,715 which
will be amortized to interest expense over the twelve month life of the debt.

On December 26, 2013 the Company entered into a settlement agreement with the lender resulting in the Company paying the lender

$300,000 in full satisfaction of the original debenture. The conversion option liability remaining on the balance sheet in the amount of
$38,180 was reclassified to additional paid in capital.

On August 8, 2013 and October 10, 2013, we received $160,000 and $250,000, respectively in a six-month note from an existing
shareholder.  Terms of the note include 18% annual interest, a right to convert the note into the next equity transaction of the Company, at
the conversion rate of the equity offering, and a three-year warrant to acquire 160,000 shares of common stock and 250,000 shares of
common stock, respectively at $0.40 per share. The relative fair value of the warrants was determined to be $28,722 and $33,824,
respectively, which was accounted for as a debt discount and amortized to interest expense over the six-month life of the note. Both of
these notes and the accrued interest were converted to our Series K Convertible Preferred Stock on December 12, 2013.

58

 
 
 
On December 4, 2013, we signed a convertible debenture in the amount of $223,000.  The lender paid an initial payment of $200,000

net of a “original issue” discount of $20,000 and $3,000 in legal fees, on the closing date.  The lender has the right at any time from the
issue date to convert all or part of the outstanding and unpaid principal into shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $0.40 per
share subject to adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends or rights offerings.  The Company has the right to prepay the debenture for a
payment of 120% of the outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest.  The Company is required to reserve at least 4 times the
number of shares actually issuable upon full conversion of this debenture.  The Company determined that the conversion feature met the
definition of a liability in accordance with ASC 815-40, since the conversion price was subject to change and the conversion shares were
indeterminable, and therefore bifurcated the conversion feature as a derivative liability. The derivative liability is measured at the end of
each reporting period and the difference in fair value is recorded as other expense or income in the statement of operations.  The fair value
of the conversion feature was $98,129 at December 31, 2013 and reflected in the conversion option liability line in the consolidated
balance sheet. In addition the lender received a warrant to purchase 70,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of
$0.3125 per share.  The warrants were valued at $11,100 which was allocated to debt discount and will be amortized to interest expense
over the twenty-four month life of the debt.

The proceeds from the convertible debt issued on December 4, 2013, were allocated between the host debt instrument and the
convertible option based on the residual method.  The estimated fair value of the convertible option was determined using a binomial
formula, resulting in an allocation of $90,444 to the convertible option and accounted for as a liability in the Company’s consolidated
balance sheet. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 815-40, the gross proceeds of $223,000 was offset by a debt discount of $111,488
which will be amortized to interest expense over the twelve month life of the debt.

On December 23, 2013, we signed a convertible debenture in the amount of $150,000.  The lender paid an initial payment of $125,000

net of a “original issue” discount of $15,000 and $10,000 in fees, on the closing date.  The lender has the right, any time from the issue
date, to convert any or part of the outstanding and unpaid principal into shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $0.40 per
share subject to adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends or rights offerings.  The Company shall have the right to prepay the debenture
for a payment of 120% of the outstanding principal plus accrued and unpaid interest.  The Company is required to reserve at least 3 times
the number of shares actually issuable upon full conversion of this debenture.  The Company determined that the conversion feature met
the definition of a liability in accordance with ASC 815-40, since the conversion price was subject to change and the conversion shares
were indeterminable, and therefore bifurcated the conversion feature as a derivative liability. The derivative liability is measured at the end
of each reporting period and the change in fair value is recorded as other expense or income in the statement of operations.  The fair value
of the conversion feature was $72,027 at December 31, 2013 and reflected in the conversion option liability line in the consolidated
balance sheet. In addition the lender received 75,000 shares of Company restricted common stock, of which the fair value of $17,250 was
charged to debt discount and will be amortized to interest expense over the thirty-six month life of the debt.

The proceeds from the convertible debt issued on December 23, 2013, were allocated between the host debt instrument and the

convertible option based on the residual method.  The estimated fair value of the convertible option was determined using a binomial
formula, resulting in an allocation of $65,003 to the convertible option and accounted for as a liability in the Company’s consolidated
balance sheet. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 815-40, the gross proceeds of $150,000 was offset by a debt discount of $102,153
which will be amortized to interest expense over the thirty-six month life of the debt.

Other Notes

On August 23, 2013, we signed a Merchant Agreement with Strategic Funding Source, Inc. (SFS).   Under the agreement we received
$75,000 in exchange for rights to all customer receipts until SFS is paid $99,000, to be collected at the rate of $849 per business day. The
payments are secured by essentially all tangible assets of the Company. On August 29, 2013 the agreement was modified to give the
Company the right to pre-pay the note at any time prior to January 21, 2014; if pre-paid, the Company will receive a discount based on the
date of pre-payment after the funding date. Discounts range from $16,500, if pre-paid within 30 days of funding to $1,500, if pre-paid
within 150 days of funding. The note was pre-paid on December 10, 2013.

On December 10, 2013, we signed a Merchant Agreement with Scripline LLC.  Under the agreement we received $96,000 in exchange

for rights to all customer receipts until Scripline LLC is paid $126,700, to be collected at the rate of $874 per business day. The payments
are secured by essentially all tangible assets of the Company. The outstanding balance is recorded as Other debt on the balance sheet.

59

 
 
 
 
During 2013, loans in the aggregate amount of $1,596,297 were received from lenders under various terms. During the year ended
December 31, 2013 $482,011 of these loans have been paid and $565,000 have been converted into the Company’s Convertible Preferred
Stock.  The remainder of the loans remain outstanding as of December 31, 2013.

(8)   Transactions with Related Persons

From time to time Mr. Richard T. Schumacher, the Company’s President and CEO, makes loans to the Company to provide the
Company with operating cash. The balance of these loans at December 31, 2013 was $25,182 and is recorded as related party debt in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013.

On February 6, 2013, Mr. Schumacher invested $25,200 in our Series J Offering of Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants to
purchase shares of Common Stock, for 63 shares of convertible Preferred Stock (convertible into 63,000 shares of Common Stock) and a
Warrant to purchase 63,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0..40 per share.

On February 6, 2013, Mr. Jeffrey Peterson, chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors, invested $25,508 of existing loans and
interest and $7,292 in board of director fees in our Series J Private Placement of Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase
shares of Common Stock, for 82 shares of convertible Preferred Stock (convertible into 82,000 shares of Common Stock) and a Warrant to
purchase 82,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.40 per share.

On February 6, 2013, Mr. Vito Mangiardi, member of the Company’s Board of Directors, invested $25,000 in cash and $4,167 in board
of director fees  in our Series J Private Placement of Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock, for 73
shares of convertible Preferred Stock (convertible into 73,000 shares of Common Stock) and a Warrant to purchase 73,000 shares of
Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.40 per share.

On February 6, 2013, Mr. Kevin Pollack member of the Company’s Board of Directors, invested $15,000 in cash, $25,233 in existing

loans and $4,167 in board of directors fees in our Series J Offering of Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase shares of
Common Stock, for 111 shares of convertible Preferred Stock (convertible into 111,000 shares of Common Stock) and a Warrant to
purchase 111,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.40 per share.

On February 6, 2013, Dr. Mickey Urdea member of the Company’s Board of Directors, invested $22,500 in board of director fees, in

our Series J Offering of Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock, for 57 shares of convertible
Preferred Stock (convertible into 57,000 shares of Common Stock) and a Warrant to purchase 57,000 shares of Common Stock at an
exercise price of $0.40 per share.

 On December 12, 2013, Mr. Schumacher invested $30,335 in our Series K Offering of Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants to
purchase shares of Common Stock, for 122 shares of convertible Preferred Stock (convertible into 122,000 shares of Common Stock) and a
Warrant to purchase 61,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.3125 per share.

On December 12, 2013, Mr. Jeffrey Peterson, invested $25,875 in our Series K Offering of Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants to
purchase shares of Common Stock, for 103 shares of convertible Preferred Stock (convertible into 103,000 shares of Common Stock) and a
Warrant to purchase 51,500 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0..3125 per share.

On December 12, 2013, Mr. Vito Mangiardi, invested $22,500 in our Series K Offering of Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants to

purchase shares of Comon Stock, for 90 shares of convertible Preferred Stock (convertible into 90,000 shares of Common Stock) and a
Warrant to purchase 45,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.3125 per share.

On December 12, 2013, Mr. Kevin Pollack, invested $22,500 in our Series K Offering of Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants to
purchase shares of Common Stock, for 90 shares of convertible Preferred Stock (convertible into 90,000 shares of Common Stock) and a
Warrant to purchase 45,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.3125 per share.

On December 12, 2013, Dr. Mickey Urdea, invested $32,500 in our Series K Offering of Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants to

purchase shares of Common Stock, for 130 shares of convertible Preferred Stock (convertible into 130,000 shares of Common Stock) and a
Warrant to purchase 65,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.3125 per share.

60

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(9)  Stockholders’ (Deficit)

Preferred Stock

We are authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.01. Of the 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock:

1)    20,000 shares have been designated as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (“Junior A”)
2)   313,960 shares have been designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A”)
3)   279,256 shares have been designated as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B”)
4)     88,098 shares have been designated as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series C”)
5)          850 shares have been designated as Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series D”)
6)          500 shares have been designated as Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series E”)
7)   240,000 shares have been designated as Series G Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series G”)
8)     10,000 shares have been designated as Series H Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series H”)
9)     6,250 shares have been designated as Series J Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series J”)
10)     15,000 shares have been designated as Series K Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series K”)

As of December 31, 2013, there were no shares of Junior A, and Series A, B, C, E, and H issued and outstanding.

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

On February 12, 2009, we completed a private placement, pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 156,980 units (the “Series A
Units”) for a purchase price of $11.50 per unit (the “Series A Purchase Price”), resulting in gross proceeds to us of $1,805,270 (the “Series
A Private Placement”). Each Series A Unit consisted of (i) one share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock convertible into 10 shares of
our Common Stock, (ii) a warrant to purchase one share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock at an exercise price equal to $12.50 per
share, with a term expiring 15 months after the date of closing (“15-Month Series A Preferred Stock Warrant”); and (iii) a warrant to
purchase 10 shares of  Common Stock at an exercise price equal to $2.00 per share, with a term expiring 30 months after the date of closing
(the “30-Month  Common Stock Warrants”).

As a result of the issuance of Common Stock in connection with dividends paid on the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series B
Preferred Stock, the exercise price of the 30-Month Common Stock Warrants has been adjusted from $2.00 to $1.72 in accordance with the
terms of the 30-Month Common Stock Purchase Warrants.

On or about August 10, 2011, holders of 30-Month Common Stock Warrants to purchase 1,569,800 shares of Common Stock entered
into an amendment to the 30-Month Common Stock Warrants which extended the expiration date of the warrants to August 11, 2012. On
or about September 30, 2011, 30-Month Common Stock Warrants to purchase 1,556,750 shares of Common Stock were further amended to
reduce the exercise price from $1.74 to $0.90 and to extend the term until August 12, 2016 and, with respect to affiliates, August 12, 2015.
A 30-Month Common Stock Warrant to purchase 13,050 shares of Common Stock was not amended and was further adjusted by Common
Stock dividends issued in October 2011 resulting in an effective exercise price of $1.72 per share, subject to future adjustment, with a term
expiring on August 11, 2012.

Each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock received a cumulative dividend at the rate of 5% per annum of the Series A

Purchase Price, payable semi-annually on June 30 and December 31, commencing on June 30, 2009 (with the first payment being pro-rated
based on the number of days occurring between the date of issuance and June 30, 2009). The Company was permitted to pay dividends in
cash or in shares of Common Stock at our option, subject to certain conditions.. The Board approved the final payment to Series A holders
in the form of Common Stock for accrued dividends through September 30, 2011.

On or about September 30, 2011, all 47 holders of both the outstanding Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Series A 30-Month
Common Stock Purchase Warrants, issued in the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock financing completed by the Company in February
2009, voluntarily converted an aggregate of 247,187 shares of Series A Preferred Stock into 2,471,870 shares of the Company’s Common
Stock.

61

 
 
 
 
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock

On November 18, 2009, we sold an aggregate of 62,039 units (the “Series B Units”) for a purchase price of $18.80 per unit (the “Series

B Purchase Price”), resulting in gross proceeds to us of $1,166,333. This was the first tranche of a $2.5 million private placement. The
second tranche closed on March 18, 2010 for the sale of 26,672 Series B Units with gross proceeds of $501,434 (collectively the two
tranches are referred to as the “Series B Private Placements”). Each Series B Unit consisted of (i) one share of Series B Convertible
Preferred Stock convertible into 10 shares of our Common Stock and (ii) a warrant to purchase one share of Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock at an exercise price equal to $23.80 per share for warrants issued in November 2009 and at an exercise price of $28.80 for warrants
issued in March 2010, in each case with a term expiring on August 11, 2011 (the “Series B Warrant”).

On or about August 10, 2011, holders of the Series B Warrants to purchase 887,110 shares of Common Stock entered into an
amendment to the Series B Warrants which extended the expiration date of the Series B Warrants to August 11, 2012 and provided that
they would be issuable for the equivalent number of shares of Common Stock at a proportionate exercise price. On or about September 30,
2011, Series B Warrants to purchase 887,110 shares of Common Stock were further amended to reduce the exercise price from $2.38 to
$1.43, for Series B Warrants issued in November 2009, and from $2.88 to $1.75, for Series B Warrants issued in March 2010. Series B
Warrants also extended the term of the Series B Warrants until August 12, 2016 and until August 12, 2015 with respect to affiliates. All of
the Series B Warrants are no longer exercisable for shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock.

On or about September 30, 2011, all of the outstanding shares of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock were voluntarily converted into

shares of Common Stock.

Each share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock received a cumulative dividend at the rate of 5% per annum of the Series B

Purchase Price, payable semi-annually on June 30 and December 31, commencing on December 31, 2009 (with the first payment being pro-
rated based on the number of days occurring between the date of issuance and December 31, 2009). The Company was permitted to pay
dividends in cash or in shares of Common Stock at our option, subject to certain conditions. The shares of Series B Convertible Preferred
Stock were also entitled to a liquidation preference, such that in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of our Company, the holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock would have been paid out of the assets of the Company
available for distribution to our stockholders before any payment was paid to the holders of  Common Stock, an amount per share equal to
the Series B Purchase Price, plus accrued and unpaid dividends. The Series B Convertible Preferred Stock would have been treated on an
equivalent basis with the holders of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Series C Convertible Preferred Stock with respect to
payments made in connection with a liquidation. The Board approved the method of payment in the form of Common Stock for the
dividends payable with respect to December 31, 2009 and the June 30, 2010 (to the holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock issued
in November 2009). The Board approved the method of payment in the form of cash for the dividends payable with respect to June 30,
2010 (to the holders of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock issued in March 2010), December 31, 2010 and for all dividends accrued
through December 31, 2012.

Each share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock was convertible into 10 shares of Common Stock at any time at the option of the

holder, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar transactions (the “Series B Conversion Ratio”).
Each share of Series B Convertible Preferred Stock would have been automatically converted into shares of  Common Stock at the Series B
Conversion Ratio then in effect: (i) if, after 12 months from the closing of the applicable tranche of the Series B Private Placement,
the  Common Stock traded on the OTC Market (or other primary trading market or exchange on which the  Common Stock was then
traded) at a price equal $5.64 for 20 out of 30 consecutive trading days with average daily trading volume of at least 10,000 shares; or (ii)
upon a registered public offering by the Company at a per share price equal to $5.64, with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of not
less than $10 million. Unless waived under certain circumstances by the holder of the Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, such holder’s
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock could not have been converted if upon such conversion the holder’s beneficial ownership would
exceed certain thresholds.

Series B Warrants

The Series B Warrants issued in November 2009 originally had an exercise price equal to $23.80 and the Series B Warrants issued in

March 2010 originally had an exercise price equal to $28.80, in each case with a term expiring on August 11, 2011. The Series B Warrants
currently have an exercise price of $1.43 for Series B Warrants issued in November 2009, and $1.75 for Series B Warrants issued in March
2010, in each case with a term expiring on August 12, 2016 and, with respect to affiliates, August 12, 2015. The Series B Warrants are
currently exercisable for shares of Common Stock. The Series B Warrants permit the holder to conduct a “cashless exercise” at any time
the holder of the Series B Warrant is an “affiliate” (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) of the Company.

62

 
 
 
 
 
 
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock

On April 8, 2011 and April 12, 2011, we completed the first tranche of a private placement, pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of
55,048 units for a purchase price of $15.00 per unit, resulting in gross proceeds to us of $825,720 (the “Series C Private Placement”). This
was the first tranche of the Series C Private Placement. In connection with the second tranche, the purchase price was reduced to $12.50 per
unit and we issued an additional 11,011 units to the purchasers who participated in the first tranche, without any additional gross proceeds
to us.

The second tranche closed on June 20, 2011 for the sale of 22,039 Series C Units (as defined below) for a purchase price of $12.50 per
unit with gross proceeds of $275,485. Each unit (“Series C Unit”) consisted of (i) one share of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01
par value per share (the “Series C Convertible Preferred Stock”) convertible into 10 shares of our  Common Stock, (subject to adjustment
for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalization, etc.); and (ii) a three-year warrant to purchase 10 shares of our  Common Stock at a per
share exercise price equal to the sum of (i) the  Common Stock equivalent of the Series C Purchase Price (ii) plus $0.88 (the “Series C
Warrant”). The Series C Warrants are exercisable until the close of business on the third anniversary of the applicable closing date.

We engaged an investment banker (the “Investment Banker”) to assist with the Series C Private Placement. The Company paid the
Investment Banker a cash retainer fee of $50,000 and issued a warrant to the Investment Banker to purchase 100,000 shares of Common
Stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share. In connection with the Series C Private Placement, we paid the Investment Banker a fee of (i)
approximately $66,000 cash, (ii) an expense allowance of approximately $16,500, (iii) a warrant to purchase 61,638 shares of Common
Stock exercisable at a purchase price of $1.50, and (iv) a warrant to purchase 61,638 shares of Common Stock exercisable at a purchase
price of $2.38.

The proceeds from the sale of each Series C Unit were allocated between the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and the Series C

Warrants based on the residual method. The estimated fair value of the Series C Warrants was determined using a binomial formula,
resulting in an allocation of the gross proceeds of $583,250 to the total warrants issued. The allocation of the gross proceeds to the Series C
Convertible Preferred Stock was $517,958. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 470-20, an additional adjustment between Additional
Paid in Capital and Accumulated Deficit of $476,434 was recorded to reflect an implicit non-cash dividend related to the allocation of
proceeds between the stock and warrants issued. The $476,434 represents the value of the adjustment to additional paid in capital related to
the beneficial conversion feature of the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock. The value adjustment was calculated by subtracting the fair
market value of the underlying Common Stock on April 7 and June 20 issuable upon conversion of the Series C Convertible Preferred
Stock from the fair market value of the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock as determined when the Company performed a fair market
value allocation of the proceeds to the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants. We used a binomial formula since the warrants
have down-round protection and are recorded as a liability. See “Warrant Derivative Liability” section within this note.

Each share of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock will receive a cumulative dividend at the rate of 5% per annum of the respective
tranche purchase price, payable semi-annually on June 30 and December 31, commencing on June 30, 2011 with the first payment being
pro-rated based on the number of days occurring between the date of issuance and June 30, 2011. Dividends may be paid in cash or in
shares of Common Stock at our option, subject to certain conditions. The shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock also are entitled to
a liquidation preference, such that in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our Company, the
holders of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock will be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to our stockholders
before any payment shall be paid to the holders of  Common Stock, an amount per share equal to the Series C Purchase Price, plus accrued
and unpaid dividends. Prior to the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock and Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock, the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock was treated on an equivalent basis with the Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock with respect to payments made in connection with a liquidation. The Company elected to pay
the dividend payable on June 30, 2011 in cash.

Each share of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into 10 shares of Common Stock at any time at the option of the
holder, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar transactions (the “Series C Conversion Ratio”).
Each share of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock will automatically be converted into shares of  Common Stock at the Series C
Conversion Ratio then in effect: (i) if, after 12 months from the closing of the applicable tranche of the Series C Private Placement,
the  Common Stock trades on the OTC Market, or other primary trading market or exchange on which the  Common Stock is then traded, at
a price equal to three-tenths of the Series C Unit purchase price for 20 out of 30 consecutive trading days with average daily trading volume
of at least 10,000 shares or (ii) upon a registered public offering by the Company at a per share price equal to at least three-tenths of the
Series C Unit purchase price, with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $10 million. Unless waived under certain
circumstances by the holder of the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, such holder’s Series C Convertible Preferred Stock may not be
converted if upon such conversion the holder’s beneficial ownership would exceed certain thresholds.

63

 
 
 
The holders of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock are not entitled to vote on any matters presented to the stockholders of the

Company for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Company, or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of
meeting, except that the holders of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock may vote separately as a class on any matters that would amend,
alter or repeal any provision of our Restated Articles of Organization, as amended, in a manner that adversely affects the powers,
preferences or rights of the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and such holders may also vote on any matters required by law.

If we consummate an equity financing (other than the exercise of employee stock options under the Company’s stock option plans, the

Series C Private Placement or the exercise of any Series C Warrants, or the exercise or conversion of any currently outstanding  Common
Stock equivalents) within twelve months after the initial Closing and the gross proceeds to the Company from the sale of the Units are less
than $4 million, then each holder of Series C Units may exchange all, but not less than all, of his, her or its Series C Units for the equity
securities issued in such next financing and shall become subject to the terms and conditions of such next financing; provided that the
exchange of the purchaser’s Series C Units for next financing securities is permitted under the rules and regulations of the NASDAQ
Trading Market then in effect. The number of next financing securities into which a purchaser’s Series C Units may be exchanged shall be
determined by dividing (a) the aggregate per unit purchase price at which the Series C Units being exchanged were issued, by (b) the price
per next financing security at which such securities were issued in the next financing. The requisite holders of the Series C Units waived
such right with respect to the Company’s recently completed equity financing. At any time after February 12, 2014, upon 30 days written
notice, we have the right to redeem the outstanding shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock at a price equal to the Series C Unit
purchase price, plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon. The redemption price may be paid in two annual installments. All holders of
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock will be treated on an equivalent basis with respect to payments made in connection with redemption.

Series C Warrants

The Series C Warrants have an exercise price equal to $2.13 with a term expiring on the third anniversary of the deal closing. The
Series C Warrants permit the holder to conduct a “cashless exercise” at any time the holder of the Series C Warrant is an “affiliate” (as
defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement) of the Company.

The Series C Warrant exercise price and/or number of shares issuable upon exercise of the Series C Warrant will be subject to

adjustment for stock dividends, stock splits or similar capital reorganizations, as set forth in the Series C Warrants.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Series C Warrants, the Company has the right to call for cancellation the Series C Warrants
if the volume weighted average price of our Common Stock on the OTC Market (or other primary trading market or exchange on which our
Common Stock is then traded) equals or exceeds two times the per common share exercise price for either (i) 10 consecutive trading days
or (ii) 15 out of 25 consecutive trading days.

On April 5, 2012, all 11 holders of outstanding Series C Convertible Preferred Stock and Series C Common Stock Purchase Warrants
voluntarily converted an aggregate of 88,098 shares of Series C Preferred Stock into 1,372,247 shares of the Company’s Common Stock,
and Series C Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 880,980 shares of the Company’s Common Stock to warrants to purchase 686,125
shares of Common Stock in the Company.

Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

On November 11, 2011, we completed a registered direct offering, pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 843 units for a purchase
price of $1,000 per unit, resulting in gross proceeds to us of $843,000 (the “Series D Placement”). Each unit (“Series D Unit”) consisted of
(i) one share of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Series D Convertible Preferred Stock”) convertible
into 1,538.46 shares of our  Common Stock, (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalization, etc.) and (ii) one five-
year warrant to purchase approximately 614 shares of our  Common Stock at a per share exercise price of $0.81, subject to adjustment as
provided in the Warrants (“Series D Warrant”). The Series D Warrants will be exercisable beginning on May 11, 2012 and until the close
of business on the fifth anniversary of the initial exercise date.

64

 
 
 
We engaged an investment banker to assist with the Series D Placement. In connection with the Series D Placement, we paid the

investment banker a fee of approximately $67,000 cash.

The proceeds from the sale of each Series D Unit were allocated between the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock and the Series D

Warrants based on the residual method. The estimated fair value of the Series D Warrants was determined using a binomial formula,
resulting in an allocation of the gross proceeds of $283,725 to the total warrants issued. The allocation of the gross proceeds to the Series D
Convertible Preferred Stock was $559,275. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 470-20, an additional adjustment between Additional
Paid in Capital and Accumulated Deficit of $530,140 was recorded to reflect an implicit non-cash dividend related to the allocation of
proceeds between the stock and warrants issued. The $530,140 represents the value of the adjustment to additional paid in capital related to
the beneficial conversion feature of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock. The value adjustment was calculated by subtracting the fair
market value of the underlying Common Stock on November 10, 2011 issuable upon conversion of the Series D Convertible Preferred
Stock from the fair market value of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock as determined when the Company performed a fair market
value allocation of the proceeds to the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants. The warrants are recorded as a liability. See
“Warrant Derivative Liability” below.

The Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will rank senior to the Company’s Common Stock and Series C Convertible Preferred Stock

with respect to payments made upon liquidation, winding up or dissolution. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Company, after payment of the Company’s debts and liabilities, and before any payment is made to the holders of any junior securities, the
holders of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will first be entitled to be paid $1,000 per share subject to adjustment for accrued but
unpaid dividends.

We may not pay any dividends on shares of Common Stock unless we also pay dividends on the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

in the same form and amount, on an as-if-converted basis, as dividends actually paid on shares of our Common Stock. Except for such
dividends, no other dividends may be paid on the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock.

Each share of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into 1,538.46 shares of  Common Stock (based upon an initial

conversion price of $0.65 per share) at any time at the option of the holder, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends,
combinations, and similar recapitalization transactions (the “Series D Conversion Ratio”). Subject to certain exceptions, if the Company
issues any shares of  Common Stock or  Common Stock equivalents at a per share price that is lower than the conversion price of the Series
D Convertible Preferred Stock, the conversion price will be reduced to the per share price at which such shares of  Common Stock or
Common Stock equivalents are issued. Each share of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will automatically be converted into shares
of  Common Stock at the Series D Conversion Ratio then in effect if, after six months from the closing of the Series D Placement,
the  Common Stock trades on the OTC Market (or other primary trading market or exchange on which the  Common Stock is then traded)
at a price equal to at least 300% of the then effective Series D Convertible Preferred Stock conversion price for 20 out of 30 consecutive
trading days with each trading day having a volume of at least $50,000. Unless waived under certain circumstances by the holder of the
Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, such holder’s Series D Convertible Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon such conversion
the holder’s beneficial ownership would exceed certain thresholds.

In addition, in the event we consummate a merger or consolidation with or into another person or other reorganization event in which

our shares of  Common Stock are converted or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, or we sell, lease, license or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially all of our assets or we or another person acquire 50% or more of our outstanding shares of  Common Stock,
then following such event, the holders of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive upon conversion of the Series
D Convertible Preferred Stock the same kind and amount of securities, cash or property which the holders of the Series D Convertible
Preferred Stock would have received had they converted the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock immediately prior to such fundamental
transaction.

The holders of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock are not entitled to vote on any matters presented to the stockholders of the

Company for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of
meeting), except that the holders of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock may vote separately as a class on any matters that would (i)
amend, our Restated Articles of Organization, as amended, in a manner that adversely affects the rights of the Series D Convertible
Preferred Stock, (ii) alter or change adversely the powers, preferences or rights of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock or alter or
amend the certificate of designation, (iii) authorize or create any class of shares ranking as to dividends, redemption or distribution of assets
upon liquidation senior to, or otherwise pari passu with, the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, or (iv) increase the number of authorized
shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock.

65

 
 
If, within 12 months of the initial issuance of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, we issue any  Common Stock,  Common Stock
equivalents, indebtedness or any combination thereof (a “Subsequent Financing”), the holders of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will
have the right to participate on a pro-rata basis in up to 50% of such Subsequent Financing.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, 443 shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock were converted to 681,538 shares of

Common Stock.

        Series D Warrants

The Series D Warrants originally had an exercise price equal to $0.81 per share of common stock. The number of Series D Warrants
increased by 530,406 to a total of 1,047,875 and each Series D Warrant currently has an exercise price equal to $0.40 per share of common
stock. These adjustments were made in connection with our April 2012 registered direct offering in accordance with the Series D Warrant.
The Series D Warrant are exercisable beginning on the six-month anniversary of the date of issuance and expire five years from the initial
exercise date. The Series D Warrants permit the holder to conduct a "cashless exercise" at any time a registration statement, or the
prospectus contained herein, is not available for the issuance of shares of common stock issuable upon exericise of the Series D Warrant,
and under certain circumstances at the expiration of the Series D Warrants. The exericise price and/or number of shares of common stock
issuable upon exercise of the Series D Warrants are subject to adjustment for certain stock dividends, stock splits or similar capital
reorganizations, as set forth in the Warrants. The exercise price and/or number of shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the
Series D Warrants are also subject to adjustment in the event that we issue any shares of common stock or common stock equivalents at a
per share price that is lower than the exercise price for the Series D Warrants then in effect. Upon any such issuance, subject to certain
exceptions, the exercise price will be reduced to the per share price at which such shares of common stock or common stock equivalents are
issued and number of Series D Warrant shares issuable thereunder shall be increased such that the aggregate exercise price payable
thereunder, after taking into account the decrease in the exercise price, shall be equal to the aggregate exercise price prior to such
adjustment. Unless waived under certain circumstance by the holder of a Series D Warrant, such holder may not exercise the Series D
Warrant if upon such exercise the holder's beneficial ownership of the Company's common stock would exceed certain thresholds. 

In the event we consummate a merger or consolidation with or into another person or other reorganization event in which our shares
of  Common Stock are converted or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, or we sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of all or
substantially all of our assets or we or another person acquire 50% or more of our outstanding shares of  Common Stock, then following
such event, the holders of the Series D Warrants will be entitled to receive upon exercise of the Series D Warrants the same kind and
amount of securities, cash or property which the holders would have received had they exercised the Series D Warrants immediately prior
to such fundamental transaction.

Series E Convertible Preferred Stock

On April 9, 2012, we completed a registered direct offering with Ironridge Global IV Ltd. (“Ironridge”), pursuant to which we sold an

aggregate of 500 shares of our Series E Convertible Preferred Stock to Ironridge for a purchase price of $1,000 per share or an aggregate
purchase price of $500,000 (“Series E Preferred Stock”). Each share of Series E Preferred Stock was convertible into approximately 980
shares of our Common Stock. The Series E Preferred Stock was entitled to a yearly dividend at a rate of 10.5% per year, subject to a credit
risk and make-whole adjustment, and was payable in cash or shares of Common Stock at our election. Under certain conditions and subject
to certain limitations, we could have required Ironridge to convert their Series E Convertible Preferred Stock into Common Stock.  In
connection with this registered direct offering, our investment banker received a fee of $40,000. The make-whole dividends were payable
any time after the closing on April 9, 2012 at the option of the holder; therefore, we recognized the full value of $262,500 as a current
liability and charged this amount immediately to accumulated deficit. We adjusted the value as of September 30, 2012 based on the closing
bid on September 28, 2012. We paid $128,402 of make-whole dividends in the Company’s Common Stock and $67,500 in cash.  Ironridge
converted all 500 shares of Series E Preferred Stock into 490,196 common shares in 2012.

The Series E Preferred Stock ranked senior to the Company’s Common Stock for so long as at least 250 shares of Series E Preferred

Stock remained outstanding and pari passu thereafter and junior to the Series D Preferred Stock with respect to payments made upon
liquidation, winding up or dissolution. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, after payment of the Company’s
debts and liabilities, and before any payment was made to the holders of any junior securities, the holders of Series E Convertible Preferred
Stock were first entitled to be paid $1,000 per share subject to adjustment for accrued but unpaid dividends.

66

 
 
 
 
We were not allowed to pay any dividends on shares of Common Stock so long as any shares of Series E Preferred Stock were

outstanding.

Each share of Series E Preferred Stock was convertible into 980.39 shares of  Common Stock (based upon an initial conversion price of

$1.02 per share) at any time at the option of the holder, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and similar
recapitalization transactions (the “Series E Conversion Ratio”). At our option, each share of Series E Preferred Stock could have been
converted into shares of  Common Stock at the Series E Conversion Ratio then in effect if, the  Common Stock trades on the OTC Capital
Market (or other primary trading market or exchange on which the  Common Stock was then traded) at a price equal to at least $2.00 for 20
out of 25 consecutive trading days. Unless waived under certain circumstances by the holder of the Series E Preferred Stock, such holder’s
Series E Preferred Stock may not have been converted if upon such conversion the holder’s beneficial ownership would exceed certain
thresholds.

Subject to the rights of the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, for so long as at least 250 shares of Series E Preferred Stock remained

outstanding, upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (each a “Liquidation
Event”), after payment or provision for payment of debts and other liabilities of the Company, the holders of Series E Preferred Stock
would have been entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders an amount with respect to
each share of Series E Preferred Stock equal to $1,000, plus any accrued but unpaid dividends thereon (the “Series E Liquidation Value”),
before any distribution or payment would have been made to the holders of  Common Stock. Subject to the rights of the holders of Series D
Preferred Stock, at any time that fewer than 250 shares of Series E Preferred Stock remained outstanding, upon the occurrence of any
Liquidation Event, after payment or provision for payment of debts and other liabilities of the Company, pari passu with any distribution or
payment made to the holders of  Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, the holders of Series E Preferred Stock would have
been entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders the Series E Liquidation Value. For so
long as at least 250 shares of Series E Preferred Stock remained outstanding, if, upon the occurrence of any Liquidation Event, the amounts
payable with respect to the shares of Series E Preferred Stock are not paid in full, the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock would
have shared equally and ratably with each other in any distribution of assets of the Company in proportion to the Series E Liquidation
Value, if any, to which each such holder was entitled, before any distribution or payment shall have been made to holders of  Common
Stock. At any time that fewer than 250 shares of Series E Preferred Stock remained outstanding, if, upon the occurrence of any Liquidation
Event, the amounts payable with respect to the shares of Series E Preferred Stock were not paid in full, the holders of shares of Series E
Preferred Stock would have received the Series E Liquidation Value per share of Series E Preferred Stock on a proportionate and pari passu
basis with the holders of Common Stock.

The holders of Series E Preferred Stock were not entitled to vote on any matters presented to the stockholders of the Company for their

action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), except
that the holders of Series E Preferred Stock may have voted separately as a class on any matters that would (i) amend our Restated Articles
of Organization, as amended, in a manner that adversely affects the rights of the Series E Preferred Stock, (ii) alter or change adversely the
powers, preferences or rights of the Series E Preferred Stock or alter or amend the certificate of designation, (iii) authorize or create any
class of shares ranking as to dividends, redemption or distribution of assets upon liquidation senior to, or otherwise pari passu with, the
Series E Preferred Stock, or (iv) increase the number of authorized shares of Series E Preferred Stock.

No shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock remained outstanding as of December 31, 2012.

Series G Convertible Preferred Stock

On July 6 and November 15, 2012, we completed a private placement, pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 145,320 units for a

purchase price of $5.00 per unit (the “Series G Purchase Price”), resulting in gross proceeds to us of $726,600 (the “Series G Private
Placement”). Each unit (“Series G Unit”) consists of (i) one share of Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the
“Series G Preferred Stock”) convertible into 10 shares of our Common Stock, (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends,
recapitalization, etc.) and (ii) a three-year warrant to purchase 5 shares of our Common Stock at a per share exercise price of $0.50 (the
“Series G Warrant”). The Series G Warrants will be exercisable until the close of business on the third anniversary of the applicable
closing date of the Series G Private Placement. Of the $726,600 invested in the Series G Private Placement, $31,100 was received in cash
and $695,500 was from the conversion of outstanding indebtedness and accrued board of directors’ fees.

Each share of Series G Preferred Stock will receive a cumulative dividend at the annual rate of (i) four percent (4%) on those shares of
Series G Preferred Stock purchased from the Company by an individual purchaser with an aggregate investment of less than $100,000, (ii)
six percent (6%) on those shares of Series G Preferred Stock purchased from the Company by an individual purchaser with an aggregate
investment of at least $100,000 but less than $250,000, and (iii) twelve percent (12%) on those shares of Series G Preferred Stock
purchased from the Company by an individual purchaser with an aggregate investment of at least $250,000. Dividends accruing on the
Series G Preferred Stock shall accrue from day to day until, and shall be paid within fifteen (15) days of, the first anniversary of, the
original issue date of the Series G Preferred Stock; provided, however, if any shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock are
outstanding at such time, payment of the accrued dividends on the Series G Preferred Stock shall be deferred until no such shares of Series
E Convertible Preferred Stock remain outstanding. The Company may pay accrued dividends on the Series G Preferred Stock in cash or in
shares of its Common Stock equal to the volume weighted average price of the Common Stock as reported by the OTC QB Market for the
ten (10) trading days immediately preceding the Series G’s first anniversary.

67

 
 
At the election of the Company and upon required advanced notice, each share of Series G Preferred Stock will automatically be
converted into shares of  Common Stock at the Conversion Ratio then in effect: (i) if, after 6 months from the original issuance date of the
Series G Preferred Stock, the  Common Stock trades on the OTC QB Market (or other primary trading market or exchange on which
the  Common Stock is then traded) at a price equal to at least $0.75, for 7 out of 10 consecutive trading days with average daily trading
volume of at least 10,000 shares, (ii) on or after the first anniversary of the original issuance date of the Series G Preferred Stock or (iii)
upon completion of a firm-commitment underwritten registered public offering by the Company at a per share price equal to at least $0.75,
with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of not less than $2.5 million. Unless waived under certain circumstances by the holder of
the Series G Preferred Stock, such holder’s Series G Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon such conversion the holder’s beneficial
ownership would exceed certain thresholds.

The holders of Series G Preferred Stock are not entitled to vote on any matters presented to the stockholders of the Company for their
action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), except as
required by law.

Series G Warrants

The Series G Warrants issued in the Series G Private Placement have an exercise price equal to $0.50 per share, with a term expiring on

July 6, 2015. The Series G Warrants also permit the holder to conduct a “cashless exercise” at any time the holder of the Series G Warrant
is an affiliate of the Company. The exercise price and/or number of shares issuable upon exercise of the Series G Warrants will be subject
to adjustment for stock dividends, stock splits or similar capital reorganizations, as set forth in the Series G Warrants.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Series G Warrants, at any time commencing six months from the closing date the Company
has the right to call for cancellation of the Series G Warrants if the volume weighted average price of its  Common Stock on the OTC QB
Market (or other primary trading market or exchange on which our  Common Stock is then traded) equals or exceeds three times the per
share exercise price of the Warrants for either (i) 10 consecutive trading days or (ii) 15 out of 25 consecutive trading days.

In connection with our sale of Series G Units, we agreed that for each share of Series G Preferred Stock purchased by an investor, the
exercise price of one warrant to purchase one share of Common Stock, previously issued to the investor in prior offerings by the Company
to purchase Common Stock of the Company held of record by such investor, shall be reduced to $0.60 per share and will remain at such
reduced exercise price until the expiration date of the warrants.

In connection with the sale of Series G Units, we treated the reduction in exercise price as a warrant amendment and calculated the fair

value of 1,495,022 warrants with the reduced exercise price of $0.60, as described above, using the Black-Scholes model with the below
assumptions. The Company has determined that the fair value of the amended warrants increased as compared with the fair value of the
original warrants immediately prior to amendment.

68

 
 
 
 
In connection with the warrant amendments, we calculated the fair value of the warrants, as described above, using a Black-Scholes

model with the below assumptions.

Assumptions

Series A

Series A
(Affiliates)

Series B

Series C

  Aug/Sep 2011  
Notes

Feb 2012
PIPE

Contractual life, in years
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Exercise price
Fair value per warrant

4.1 
132.0%   
0.4%   
  $
  $

0.60 
0.03 

3.1 
114.1%   
0.4%   
  $
  $

0.60 
0.03 

3.1 
114.1%   
0.4%   
  $
0.60 
  $
0.03 

5.1 
121.9%   
0.4%   
  $
  $

0.60 
0.03 

2.1 
126.6%   
0.4%   
  $
  $

0.60 
0.03 

4.6 
126.6%
0.4%

0.60 
0.03 

  $
  $

We recorded an increased incremental value of $5,347 for the warrant amendment and treated the excess of fair value of the warrants

as a deemed dividend for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Series H Convertible Preferred Stock

On December 28, 2012 the Company amended the Articles of Incorporation to authorize 10,000 shares of Series H Convertible
Preferred Stock.  On January 4, 2013, the Company reported that it had entered into a securities purchase and exchange agreement with an
investor, pursuant to which the Company agreed to exchange 1,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share
of common stock held by the investor  for an aggregate of 10,000 shares of a newly created series of preferred stock, designated Series H
Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series H Preferred Stock”)  in a non-cash transaction. The investor originally
purchased the common stock from the Company for $0.8025 per share. The exchange ratio was 100 shares of common stock per share of
Series H Preferred Stock at a stated conversion price of $0.8025 per share.

Series J Convertible Preferred Stock

On February 6, March 28 and May 20, 2013, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase with various individuals pursuant to
which the Company sold an aggregate of 5,087.5 units for a purchase price of $400.00 per unit (the “Purchase Price”), or an aggregate
Purchase Price of $2,034,700.  Each unit purchased in the initial tranche consists of (i) one share of a newly created series of preferred
stock, designated Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series J Convertible Preferred Stock”), convertible
into 1,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share and (ii) a warrant to purchase 1,000 shares of common stock
at an exercise price equal to $0.40 per share. The warrants expire three years from the issuance date. Of the $2,034,700 invested in the
Private Placement, $921,000 was received in cash and $1,113,700 was from the conversion of outstanding indebtedness, interest and
accrued board of directors’ fees.  The Company incurred $24,405 of legal fees in conjunction with this private placement. The purchasers in
the initial tranche of the private placement consisted of certain existing and new investors in the Company as well as all of the members of
the Company’s Board of Directors.

From the date of issuance of any shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock and until the earlier of the first anniversary of such
date, the voluntary conversion of any shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, or the date of any mandatory conversion of the Series
J Convertible Preferred Stock, dividends will accrue on each share of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock at an annual rate of (i) four
percent (4%) of the Purchase Price on those shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock purchased from the Company pursuant to the
Securities Purchase Agreement by an individual purchaser who purchased from the Company shares of Series J Convertible Preferred
Stock with an aggregate Purchase Price of less than $250,000, and (ii) six percent (6%) of the Purchase Price on those shares of Series J
Convertible Preferred Stock purchased from the Company pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement by an individual purchaser who
purchased shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock with an aggregate purchase price of at least $250,000.  Dividends accruing on the
Series J Convertible Preferred Stock shall accrue from day to day until the earlier of the first anniversary of the date of issuance of such
shares of Series J Convertible Stock, the voluntary conversion of any shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, or the date of any
mandatory conversion of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, and shall be paid, as applicable, within fifteen (15) days of the first
anniversary of the original issue date of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, within five (5) days of the voluntary conversion of shares
of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, or within five (5) days of the mandatory conversion of shares of the Series J Convertible
Preferred Stock. The Company may pay accrued dividends on the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock in cash or, in the sole discretion of
the Board of Directors of the Company, in shares of its common stock in accordance with a specified formula.

Each share of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock at the option of the holder on or
after the six-month anniversary of the issuance of such share, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and
similar transactions (the “Conversion Ratio”). Unless waived under certain circumstances by the holder of Series J Convertible Preferred
Stock, such holder’s shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon such conversion the holder’s beneficial
ownership would exceed certain thresholds.

69

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
At the election of the Company and upon required advance notice, each share of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock will

automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the Conversion Ratio then in effect:  (i) on or after the six-month anniversary of
the original issuance date of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, the common stock trades on the OTC QB Market (or other primary
trading market or exchange on which the common stock is then traded) at a price per share equal to at least $0.80 for 7 out of 10
consecutive trading days with average daily trading volume of at least 50,000 shares, (ii) on the first anniversary of the original issuance
date of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock or (iii) within three days of the completion of a firm-commitment underwritten registered
public offering by the Company at a per share price equal to at least $0.80, with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of not less than
$2.5 million.  Unless waived under certain circumstances by the holder of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, such holder’s Series J
Convertible Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon such conversion the holder’s beneficial ownership would exceed certain
thresholds.

The proceeds from the sale of each Series J Unit were allocated between the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock and the Series J
Warrants based on the relative fair value method.  The estimated fair value of the Series J Warrants was determined using a Black Scholes
formula, resulting in an allocation of the gross proceeds of $885,309 to the total warrants issued.  The allocation of the gross proceeds to the
Series J Convertible Preferred Stock was $1,124,986, net of $24,405 in legal costs.  In accordance with the provisions of ASC 470-20, an
additional adjustment between Additional Paid in Capital and Accumulated Deficit of $651,182 was recorded to reflect an implicit non-cash
dividend related to the allocation of proceeds between the stock and warrants issued. The $651,182 represents the value of the adjustment
to additional paid in capital related to the beneficial conversion feature of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock.  The value adjustment
was calculated by subtracting the fair market value of the underlying common stock on February 6, March 28 and May 20, 2013 issuable
upon conversion of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock from the fair market value of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock as
determined when the Company performed a fair market value allocation of the proceeds to the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock and
warrants.

In connection with the Series J warrants, we calculated the fair value of the warrants received as described above using the Black-

Scholes formula with the below assumptions:

Assumptions

Contractual life (in months)
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Exercise price
Fair value per warrant

Series J
warrants
February 6,
2013

Series J
warrants
March 28,
2013

Series J
warrants
May 20,
2013

36 
141.8 
0.39%   
  $
0.40 
  $
0.36 

36 
144.3 
0.36%   
  $
0.40 
  $
0.26 

36 
147.0 
0.36%
0.40 
0.30 

  $
  $

The holders of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock are not entitled to vote on any matters presented to the stockholders of the

Company for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of
meeting), except as required by law.

Series J Warrants

The Warrants issued in the Private Placement have an exercise price equal to $0.40 per share, with a term expiring three years from the

issuance date.  The Warrants also permit the holder to conduct a “cashless exercise” at any time the holder of the Warrant is an affiliate of
the Company.  The exercise price and/or number of shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants will be subject to adjustment for stock
dividends, stock splits or similar capital reorganizations, as set forth in the Warrant agreement.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Warrants, at any time commencing six months from the closing date of the sale of Units
under the Securities Purchase Agreement the Company has the right to call the Warrants for cancellation if the volume weighted average
price of its common stock on the OTC QB Market (or other primary trading market or exchange on which the common stock is then traded)
equals or exceeds three times the per share exercise price of the Warrants for either (i) 10 consecutive trading days or (ii) 15 out of 25
consecutive trading days.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the Private Placement, the Company has agreed that, if, at any time after February 1, 2014, the Company files a

Registration Statement relating to an offering of equity securities of the Company (the “Registration Statement”), subject to certain
exceptions, including a Registration Statement relating solely to an offering or sale of securities having an aggregate public offering price
of less than $5,000,000, the Company shall include in the Registration Statement the resale of the shares of common stock underlying the
Warrants.  Shares of common stock issued upon conversion of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock or in payment of the dividend on the
Series J Convertible Preferred Stock will not be registered and will not be subject to registration rights.  This right is subject to customary
conditions and procedures.

70

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
Series K Convertible Preferred Stock

On December 12, 2013, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase with various individuals pursuant to which the Company sold

an aggregate of 4,000 units for a purchase price of $250.00 per unit (the “Purchase Price”), for an aggregate Purchase Price of
$1,000,000.  Each unit purchased in the initial tranche consists of (i) one share of a newly created series of preferred stock, designated
Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series K Convertible Preferred Stock”), convertible into 1,000 shares
of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share and (ii) a warrant to purchase 500 shares of common stock at an exercise price
equal to $0.3125 per share. The warrants expire three years from the issuance date. Of the $1,000,000 invested in the Private Placement,
$527,044 was received in cash and $427,956 was from the conversion of outstanding indebtedness and interest. The Company incurred
$43,334 of fees in conjunction with this private placement. The purchasers in the initial tranche of the private placement consisted of certain
existing and new investors in the Company as well as all of the members of the Company’s Board of Directors.

From the date of issuance of any shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock and until the earlier of the first anniversary of such
date, the voluntary conversion of any shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, or the date of any mandatory conversion of the Series
K Convertible Preferred Stock, dividends will accrue on each share of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock at an annual rate of (i) four
percent (4%) of the Purchase Price on those shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock purchased from the Company pursuant to the
Securities Purchase Agreement by an individual purchaser who purchased from the Company shares of Series K Convertible Preferred
Stock with an aggregate Purchase Price of less than $100,000, and (ii) six percent (6%) of the Purchase Price on those shares of Series K
Convertible Preferred Stock purchased from the Company pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement by an individual purchaser who
purchased shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock with an aggregate purchase price of at least $100,000.  Dividends accruing on the
Series K Convertible Preferred Stock shall accrue from day to day until the earlier of the first anniversary of the date of issuance of such
shares of Series K Convertible Stock, the voluntary conversion of any shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, or the date of any
mandatory conversion of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, and shall be paid, as applicable, within fifteen (15) days of the first
anniversary of the original issue date of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, within five (5) days of the voluntary conversion of
shares of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, or within five (5) days of the mandatory conversion of shares of the Series K
Convertible Preferred Stock. The Company may pay accrued dividends on the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock in cash or, in the sole
discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, in shares of its common stock in accordance with a specified formula.

Each share of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into 1,000 shares of common stock at the option of the holder on or
after the six-month anniversary of the issuance of such share, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and
similar transactions (the “Conversion Ratio”). Unless waived under certain circumstances by the holder of Series K Convertible Preferred
Stock, such holder’s shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon such conversion the holder’s beneficial
ownership would exceed certain thresholds.

At the election of the Company and upon required advance notice, each share of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock will

automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the Conversion Ratio then in effect:  (i) on or after the six-month anniversary of
the original issuance date of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, the common stock trades on the OTC QB Market (or other primary
trading market or exchange on which the common stock is then traded) at a price per share equal to at least $0.80 for 7 out of 10
consecutive trading days with average daily trading volume of at least 50,000 shares, (ii) on the first anniversary of the original issuance
date of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock or (iii) within three days of the completion of a firm-commitment underwritten registered
public offering by the Company at a per share price equal to at least $0.80, with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of not less than
$2.5 million.  Unless waived under certain circumstances by the holder of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, such holder’s Series K
Convertible Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon such conversion the holder’s beneficial ownership would exceed certain
thresholds.

The proceeds from the sale of each Series K Unit were allocated between the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock and the Series K
Warrants based on the relative fair value method.  The estimated fair value of the Series K Warrants was determined using a Black-Scholes
formula, resulting in an allocation of the gross proceeds of $271,422 to the total warrants issued.  The allocation of the gross proceeds to the
Series K Convertible Preferred Stock was $685,245, net of $43,334 in fees.  In accordance with the provisions of ASC 470-20, an
additional adjustment between Additional Paid in Capital and Accumulated Deficit of $351,421 was recorded to reflect an implicit non-cash
dividend related to the allocation of proceeds between the stock and warrants issued. The $351,421 represents the value of the adjustment
to additional paid in capital related to the beneficial conversion feature of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock.  The value adjustment
was calculated by subtracting the fair market value of the underlying common stock on December 12, 2013 issuable upon conversion of the
Series K Convertible Preferred Stock from the fair market value of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock as determined when the
Company performed a fair market value allocation of the proceeds to the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock and warrants.

71

 
 
In connection with the Series K warrants, we calculated the fair value of the warrants received as described above using the Black-

Scholes formula with the below assumptions:

Contractual life (in months)
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Exercise price
Fair value per warrant

Assumptions

Series K
warrants
December 12,
2013

36 
136.1 

0.39%

0.3125 
0.2012 

  $
  $

The holders of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock are not entitled to vote on any matters presented to the stockholders of the

Company for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of
meeting), except as required by law.

Series K Warrants

The Warrants issued in the Private Placement have an exercise price equal to $0.3125 per share, with a term expiring three years from
the issuance date.  The Warrants also permit the holder to conduct a “cashless exercise” at any time the holder of the Warrant is an affiliate
of the Company.  The exercise price and/or number of shares issuable upon exercise of the Warrants will be subject to adjustment for stock
dividends, stock splits or similar capital reorganizations, as set forth in the Warrant agreement.

Subject to the terms and conditions of the Warrants, at any time commencing six months from the closing date of the sale of Units
under the Securities Purchase Agreement the Company has the right to call the Warrants for cancellation if the volume weighted average
price of its common stock on the OTC QB Market (or other primary trading market or exchange on which the common stock is then traded)
equals or exceeds three times the per share exercise price of the Warrants for either (i) 10 consecutive trading days or (ii) 15 out of 25
consecutive trading days.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the Private Placement, the Company has agreed that, if, at any time after February 1, 2014, the Company files a

Registration Statement relating to an offering of equity securities of the Company (the “Registration Statement”), subject to certain
exceptions, including a Registration Statement relating solely to an offering or sale of securities having an aggregate public offering price
of less than $5,000,000, the Company shall include in the Registration Statement the resale of the shares of common stock underlying the
Warrants.  Shares of common stock issued upon conversion of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock or in payment of the dividend on the
Series K Convertible Preferred Stock will not be registered and will not be subject to registration rights.  This right is subject to customary
conditions and procedures.

72

 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
 Common Stock

Shareholders Purchase Rights Plan

On March 3, 2003, our Board of Directors adopted a shareholder purchase rights plan (“the Rights Plan”) and declared a distribution of

one Right for each outstanding share of our  Common Stock to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 21, 2003 (the
“Rights”). Initially, the Rights will trade automatically with the Common Stock and separate Right Certificates will not be issued. The
Rights Plan is designed to deter coercive or unfair takeover tactics and to ensure that all of our shareholders receive fair and equal treatment
in the event of an unsolicited attempt to acquire the Company. The Rights Plan was not adopted in response to any effort to acquire the
Company and the Board is not aware of any such effort. The Rights will expire on February 27, 2013 unless earlier redeemed or
exchanged. Each Right entitles the registered holder, subject to the terms of a Rights Agreement, to purchase from the Company one one-
thousandth of a share of the Company’s Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $45.00 per one one-thousandth
of a share, subject to adjustment. In general, the Rights will not be exercisable until a subsequent distribution date which will only occur if a
person or group acquires beneficial ownership of 15% or more of our Common Stock or announces a tender or exchange offer that would
result in such person or group owning 15% or more of the Common Stock. With respect to any person or group who currently beneficially
owns 15% or more of our Common Stock, the Rights will not become exercisable unless and until such person or group acquires beneficial
ownership of additional shares of Common Stock.

Subject to certain limited exceptions, if a person or group acquires beneficial ownership of 15% or more of our outstanding  Common
Stock or if a current 15% beneficial owner acquires additional shares of  Common Stock, each holder of a Right (other than the 15% holder
whose Rights become void once such holder reaches the 15% threshold) will thereafter have a right to purchase, upon payment of the
purchase price of the Right, that number of shares of our  Common Stock which at the time of such transaction will have a market value
equal to two times the purchase price of the Right In the event that, at any time after a person or group acquires 15% or more of
our  Common Stock, we are acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction or 50% or more of its consolidated assets or
earning power are sold, each holder of a Right will thereafter have the right to purchase, upon payment of the purchase price of the Right,
that number of shares of  Common Stock of the acquiring company which at the time of such transaction will have a market value of two
times the purchase price of the Right.

Our Board of Directors may exchange the Rights (other than Rights owned by such person or group which have become void), in
whole or in part, at an exchange ratio of one share of Common Stock per Right (subject to adjustment). At any time prior to the time any
person or group acquires 15% or more of our Common Stock, the Board of Directors may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a
price of $0.001 per Right.

Stock Options and Warrants

Our stockholders approved our amended 2005 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) pursuant to which an aggregate of 1,800,000 shares

of our  Common Stock were reserved for issuance upon exercise of stock options or other equity awards made under the Plan. Under the
Plan, we may award stock options, shares of  Common Stock, and other equity interests in the Company to employees, officers, directors,
consultants, and advisors, and to any other persons the Board of Directors deems appropriate. As of December 31, 2013, options to acquire
1,738,708 shares were outstanding under the Plan with 61,292 shares available for future grant under the Plan.

As of December 31, 2013, options to acquire 33,000 shares are outstanding under the 1999 Non-qualified Stock Option Plan. No

additional options may be granted under the 1999 Non-qualified Stock Option Plan.

All of the outstanding options had an exercise price that was above the Company’s Common Stock share price on December 31, 2013.

On December 12, 2013 at the Company’s special meeting the shareholders approved the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ 2013 Plan”)
pursuant to which 3,000,000 shares of our Common Stock were reserved for issuance upon exercise of stock options or other equity awards
under the 2013 Plan. Under the Plan, we may award stock options, shares of  Common Stock, and other equity interests in the Company to
employees, officers, directors, consultants, and advisors, and to any other persons the Board of Directors deems appropriate. As of
December 31, 2013 no options have been granted under the 2013 Plan.

73

 
 
The following tables summarize information concerning options and warrants outstanding and exercisable:

Balance outstanding, January 1, 2012
   Granted
   Exercised
   Expired
   Forfeited
Balance outstanding, December 31,
2012
   Granted
   Exercised
   Expired
   Forfeited
Balance outstanding, December 31,
2013

Stock Options
Weighted
Average price

Warrants
Weighted
Average price

Shares
1,508,500 
1,896,250 
- 

 $

(130,000)   
(1,669,000)   

 $

1,605,750 
363,500 
- 

(10,000)   
(187,542)   

per share

2.33 
0.81 
- 
2.28 
2.09 

0.80 
0.41 
- 
1.00 
.85 

Shares
4,775,501 
2,909,068 
- 

 $

(116,490)   
(880,980)   

 $

6,687,099 
8,346,228 
- 

(21,000)   

- 

per share

1.35 
0.62 
- 
2.80 
2.13 

0.81 
0.37 
- 
2.38 
- 

Total

    Exercisable  
6,112,335 

Shares
6,284,001 
4,805,318     
-     
(246,490)    
(2,549,980)    

7,989,331 

8,292,849 
8,709,728     
-     
(31,000)    
(187,542)    

1,771,708 

 $

0.71 

   15,012,327 

 $

0.57 

   16,784,035 

   16,611,528 

The weighted average grant date fair value of options issued was $0.35 for the year ending December 31, 2013.

Range of

Exercise Prices    
$0.00 - $0.49  
0.50 - 0.59  
0.60 - 0.99  
1.00 - 1.50  
$0.50 - $1.00  

Number of
Options

321,000 
251,250 
475,250 
724,208 
1,771,708 

Options Outstanding

Weighted Average

Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)

Exercise Price

Number of
Options

Options Exercisable

Weighted Average

Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)

Exercise Price

9.4 
8.6 
6.0 
3.2 
5.9 

 $

 $

0.40 
0.50 
0.60 
1.00 
0.71 

255,208 
251,250 
416,658 
676,085 
1,599,201 

9.4 
8.6 
5.7 
2.9 
5.6 

 $

 $

0.40 
0.50 
0.60 
1.00 
0.72 

There was $65,953 of total unrecognized compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to non-vested stock options granted as

of December 31, 2013. This cost is expected to be recognized over a period of 2.1 years, and will be adjusted for any future changes in
estimated forfeitures.

Sale of Common Stock

On February 7, 2012, we completed a private placement with 7 accredited investors, pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 971,867

shares of  Common Stock, $0.01 par value (“Shares”), resulting in gross proceeds to us of $800,000 (the “Private Placement”). The price
per unit was $0.8025 for units consisting of 789,350 shares of Common Stock and warrants to purchase 394,677 shares of Common Stock,
and was $0.9125 for units consisting of the remaining 182,517 shares of Common Stock and warrants to purchase 91,260 shares of
Common Stock. Of the $800,000 invested in the private placement, $412,453 was received in cash and $387,547 was from the conversion
of outstanding principal and interest on convertible promissory notes issued by us in 2011.

Each unit consists of one share of Common Stock and a warrant to purchase one-half share of Common Stock. The warrants are

exercisable for a period of five years, commencing on August 7, 2012, at an exercise price of $0.74 per share for the purchasers of the
789,350 shares, and $0.85 per share for the purchasers of the 182,517 shares. The warrants permit the holder to conduct a “cashless
exercise” at any time the holder is an affiliate. The exercise price and/or number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the
warrants will be subject to adjustment for certain stock dividends, stock splits or similar capital reorganizations.

In connection with the Private Placement, we paid our investment banker a fee of $35,000 for providing advisory services. We

accounted for this fee as a reduction in the gross proceeds received from the Private Placement.

74

 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
   
     
     
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
     
   
     
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 Common Stock Issuances

On February 1, 2013, we issued 100,000 shares of restricted Common Stock to an investor relations firm in payment of services to be
rendered over eight months. We recorded $40,000 for this issuance of which will be amortized over the eight months. On March 18, 2013,
we issued 200,000 shares of restricted Common Stock to an investor relations firm for payment of services to be rendered over eight
months. We recorded $80,000 for this issuance as expense. On August 1, 2013, we issued 200,000 shares of restricted Common Stock to an
investor relations firm for payment of services to be rendered over six months. We recorded $80,000 for this issuance and recognized
$66,087 as expense in 2013 with $13,913 to be expensed in 2014. On September 1, 2013, we issued 200,000 shares of restricted Common
Stock to an investor relations firm for payment of services to be rendered over three months. We recorded $80,000 for this issuance which
was recorded as expense in 2013. On September 10, 2013, we issued 100,000 shares of restricted Common Stock to an investor relations
firm for payment of services to be rendered over four months. We recorded $40,000 for this issuance and recognized expense of $36,721 in
2013 with $3,279 to be expensed in 2014.  On December 23, 2013 we issued 75,000 shares of restricted Common Stock to a lender in
connection with the sale of debentures.  We recognized $17,250 as deferred financing costs that will be recognized over the life of the note.
We valued the above stock issuances using the greater of the estimated fair value of the services received or the Company’s stock price on
date of issuance.

Warrant Derivative Liability

The Series D Warrants issued in connection with the registered direct offering of Series D Convertible Preferred are measured at fair

value and liability-classified because the Series D Warrants contain “down-round protection” and therefore, do not meet the scope
exception for treatment as a derivative under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, (“ASC 815”). Since “down-round protection” is not an
input into the calculation of the fair value of the warrants, the warrants cannot be considered indexed to the Company’s own stock which is
a requirement for the scope exception as outlined under ASC 815. The estimated fair value of the warrants was determined using the
binomial model, resulting in an allocation of the gross proceeds $283,725 to the warrants issued in the Series D registered direct offering.
The fair value will be affected by changes in inputs to that model including our stock price, expected stock price volatility, the contractual
term, and the risk-free interest rate. We will continue to classify the fair value of the warrants as a liability until the warrants are exercised,
expire or are amended in a way that would no longer require these warrants to be classified as a liability, whichever comes first. The down-
round protection for the Series D Warrants survives for the life of the Series D Warrants which ends in May 2017.

The assumptions for the binomial pricing model are represented in the table below for the warrants issued in the Series D private

placement reflected on a per share  Common Stock equivalent basis.

Assumptions
Expected life (in months)
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Exercise price
Fair value per warrant

November 10,
2011

Warrants
revalued at
December 31,
2012

Warrants
revalued at
December 31,
2013

60.0 
104.5%   
0.875%   
  $
0.81 
  $
0.54 

43.0 
146.4%   
0.437%   
  $
0.40 
  $
0.15 

34.0 
154.8%
0.78%
0.25 
0.21 

  $
  $

As of December 31, 2013, the value of the Series D Warrants had increased to $344,570.

Conversion Option Liability

The Company signed five convertible notes and has determined that conversion options are embedded in the notes and it is required to
bifurcate the conversion option from the host contract under ASC 815 and account for the derivatives at fair value. The estimated fair value
of the conversion options was determined using the binomial model. The fair value of the conversion options will be classified as a liability
until the debt is converted by the note holders or paid back by the Company.  The fair value will be affected by changes in inputs to that
model including our stock price, expected stock price volatility, the contractual term, and the risk-free interest rate.  We will continue to
classify the fair value of the conversion options as a liability until the conversion options are exercised, expire or are amended in a way that
would no longer require these conversion options to be classified as a liability, whichever comes first. The Company has adopted a
sequencing policy that reclassifies contracts (from equity to liabilities) with the most recent inception date first.  Thus any available shares
are allocated first to contracts with the most recent inception dates.

The assumptions for the binomial pricing model are disclosed in Note 2. As of December 31, 2013, the value of the Conversion Option

liability was $356,197.

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
(8)  Subsequent Events

We performed a review of events subsequent to the balance sheet date through the date the financial statements were issued and
determined, except as disclosed herein, that there were no other such events requiring recognition or disclosure in the financial statements.

●  On January 29 and February 28, 2014, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with various individuals
pursuant to which the Company sold an aggregate of 4,875 units for a purchase price of $250.00 per unit and 1,854 units for
a purchase price of $340.00 per unit, respectively, or an aggregate Purchase Price of $1,849,110.  This represents the second
and  third  tranches  of  a  $1.5  million  private  placement  which  was  subsequently  increased  to  $3.5  million  and  extended  to
April 4, 2014.  Each unit purchased in the second and third tranche (“Unit”) consists of (i) one share of a newly created series
of preferred stock, designated Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share convertible into 1,000 shares
of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share and (ii) a warrant to purchase 500 shares of Common Stock at
an exercise price equal to one hundred and twenty-five percent of the common stock equivalent price per share, with a term
expiring three years from the respective closing date.

●  In February 2014, the Company chose to pay off the April 11, 2013 and June 26, 2013 loan balances, see Note 7.  The holder
of the note chose to convert $37,500 of the outstanding balance to 150,000 shares of Company common stock, resulting in a
cash payment of $203,100.

●  On  February  6,  2014  the  Company  paid  off  the  $75,000  balance  of  the  promissory  note,  see  Note  7,  along  with  accrued

interest on the note.

●  In March 2014, a Series D warrant holder exercised warrants to purchase 450,000 shares of common stock resulting in net

proceeds to the Company of $112,500.

76

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL

ITEM 9. 
DISCLOSURE.

None

ITEM 9A. 

 CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our Securities

Exchange Act of 1934 filings are recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and
forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our President and Chief Executive
Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer), as appropriate, to allow timely decisions
regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any
controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired
control objectives, as ours are designed to do, and management was necessarily required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-
benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

As of December 31, 2013, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management,

including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure
controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Based upon that
evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not
effective as of December 31, 2013 due to limited resources for adequate personnel to prepare and file reports under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 within the required periods, and material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting relating to our
accounting for complex equity transactions as described below under the heading “Report of Management on Internal Control over
Financial Reporting”. Management plans to remediate this weakness by taking the actions described below.

Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over
financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act, as a process designed by, or under the supervision
of our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external
purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

●  pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and disposition of our

assets;

●  provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  our  receipts  and  expenditures  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with
authorization of our management and directors; and

●  provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets

that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Our internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and board of directors regarding the
preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial
reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks
that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures
may deteriorate.

We have assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. In making this
assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in
Internal Control-Integrated Framework.

Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2013, the Company did not maintain effective internal
control over financial reporting because of the effect of a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting discussed
below.

       Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Auditing Standard No. 2 defines a material weakness as a significant deficiency, or
combination of significant deficiencies, that results in there being a more than remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual
or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Based upon this definition, our management concluded
that, as of December 31, 2013, a material weakness existed in our internal control over financial reporting related to accounting for
complex equity transactions.

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       Specifically, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting related to the following matters:

●  We identified a lack of sufficient segregation of duties. Specifically, this material weakness is such that the design over these
areas  relies  primarily  on  detective  controls  and  could  be  strengthened  by  adding  preventative  controls  to  properly  safeguard
company assets.

●  Management  has  identified  a  lack  of  sufficient  personnel  in  the  accounting  function  due  to  our  limited  resources  with
appropriate  skills,  training  and  experience  to  perform  the  review  processes  to  ensure  the  complete  and  proper  application  of
generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  particularly  as  it  relates  to  valuation  of  warrants  and  other  complex  debt  /equity
transactions.  Specifically,  this  material  weakness  led  to  segregation  of  duties  issues  and  resulted  in  audit  adjustments  to  the
annual  consolidated  financial  statements  and  revisions  to  related  disclosures,  valuation  of  warrants  and  other  equity
transactions.

Our plan to remediate those material weaknesses is as follows:

●  Improve the effectiveness of the accounting group by continuing to augment our existing resources with additional consultants
or employees to improve segregation procedures and to assist in the analysis and recording of complex accounting transactions.
We plan to mitigate the segregation of duties issues by hiring an independent consultant once we generate significantly more
revenue or raise significant additional working capital.

●  Improve  segregation  procedures  by  strengthening  cross  approval  of  various  functions  including  quarterly  internal  audit

procedures where appropriate.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2013, other than

as described above, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial
reporting.

ITEM 9B. 

 OTHER INFORMATION.

None.

78

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART III

ITEM 10. 

 DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Directors

The following table sets forth information about the individuals who serve as our directors as of December 31, 2013.

Name

Richard T. Schumacher

Jeffrey N. Peterson
Dr. Mickey Urdea

Vito J. Mangiardi

Kevin A. Pollack

Age

63

58
62

65

43

Position
President, Chief Executive Officer,
Treasurer, Clerk and Director

  Chairman of the Board
  Director

  Director

  Director

Board Committees

  Term of office  

Audit, Compensation,
Nominating

Audit, Compensation,
Nominating
Audit, Compensation,
Nominating

2014 

2015 
2014 

2016 

2016 

The following noteworthy experience, qualifications, attributes and skills for each Board member, together with the biographical
information for each nominee described below, led to our conclusion that the person should serve as a director of PBI in light of our
business and structure:

●  Mr.  Richard  T.  Schumacher,  the  Company’s  founder,  provides  valuable  operational,  sales  and  marketing,  financial,  and
management  expertise  and  experience  and  has  significant  knowledge  of  the  Company’s  technology  and  products.  Prior  to
founding the company, Mr. Schumacher spent over 16 years working in the clinical research setting. In the more than 30 years
since the Company’s formation, Mr. Schumacher has served the Company in various roles, including President, Chief Executive
Officer and Chairman.

●  Mr. Jeffrey N. Peterson, the Chairman of our Board, is the CEO of Target Discovery, Inc., a personalized medicine diagnostics

company, and has broad executive, general management, multi-functional, multi-business, and international experience.

●  Mr. Vito J. Mangiardi has broad executive, general management, multi-functional, multi-business, and international experience,

specifically in the life sciences field.

●  Mr.  Kevin A.  Pollack  provides  a  wealth  of  knowledge  and  experience  in  financial  and  administrative  matters.  Mr.  Pollack
recently served as managing director of Paragon Capital LP, a private investment firm, and serves as Chief Financial Officer of
Lightlake Therapeutics Inc.

●  Dr.  Michael  S.  “Mickey”  Urdea  offers  significant  scientific  and  technical  experience  from  leading  research  and  development
programs in both small and large life sciences companies, and entrepreneurial experience from founding and leading successful
personalized medicine and consulting companies in the biotechnology field.

        Mr. Richard T. Schumacher, the founder of the Company, has served as a director of the Company since 1978. He has served as the
Company’s CEO since April 16, 2004 and president since September 14, 2004. He previously served as CEO and chairman of the Board of
the Company from 1992 to February 2003. From July 9, 2003 until April 14, 2004 he served as a consultant to the Company pursuant to a
consulting agreement. He served as president of the Company from 1986 to August 1999. Mr. Schumacher served as the Director of
Infectious Disease Services for Clinical Sciences Laboratory, a New England-based medical reference laboratory, from 1986 to 1988. From
1972 to 1985, Mr. Schumacher was employed by the Center for Blood Research, a nonprofit medical research institute associated with
Harvard Medical School. Mr. Schumacher received a B.S. in Zoology from the University of New Hampshire.

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mr. Jeffrey N. Peterson has served as a director since July 2011 and as our board chairman since July 2012. Since 1999, he has served
as the chief executive officer of Target Discovery, Inc. (“TDI”), a personalized medicine diagnostics (PMDx) company. Mr. Peterson also
serves as Chairman of TDI’s majority-owned subsidiary, Veritomyx, Inc., which is completing development and commercialization of a
tool in accurate peptide, protein and isoform identification and characterization. Prior to joining TDI, Mr. Peterson served as CEO of
Sharpe, Peterson, Ocheltree & Associates, an international business development consulting firm assisting Fortune 500 and many smaller
firms in business expansion and strategy, for three years prior to incorporating TDI. Prior to that, he spent 9 years in key management roles
in Abbott Laboratories’ Diagnostics and International (Pharmaceuticals, Hospital Products, Nutritionals, and Consumer) businesses, last
serving as CEO and General Manager of Abbott South Africa. Mr. Peterson’s experience prior to Abbott Laboratories included 11 years
with General Electric’s Engineered Materials and Plastics businesses, spanning roles in strategic planning, business development,
technology licensing, marketing and sales, operations, quality control and R&D. Mr. Peterson holds BSChE and MSChE (Chemical
Engineering) degrees from MIT. He serves as Chair Emeritus of the BayBio Institute, a non-profit organization serving the life science
community, and on the board of BayBio, a trade association for the life sciences industry in Northern California. He is a member of the
Coalition for 21st Century Medicine, and of BIO’s Personalized Medicine & Diagnostics Group. Mr. Peterson has served on the board of
directors SanGlobal Ed Corp. (d/b/a MyVerse), a teen and collegiate personal and professional development web and mobile resource site.
Mr. Peterson serves on the Advisory Board for the University of Texas, MD Anderson Cancer Center, Center for Professional
Development and Entrepreneurship.

Mr. Vito J. Mangiardi has served as a director since July 2012. Mr. Mangiardi is a senior executive with experience as a President,

CEO and COO in the Life Sciences and Bio Energy product and service sectors. He is a corporate strategist in General Management,
Operations, Sales/Marketing, and Science.  Mr. Mangiardi has held positions as a Research Chemist for Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc.; Sales
& Marketing Director for Baxter Travenol, Inc.; Executive VP and COO for Quintiles Transnational Corp.; President and CEO of
Diagnostics Laboratories, Inc., Clingenix, Inc., and Bilcare, Inc.; and President of AAI Pharma, Inc.  More recently he was the
COO/Deputy Director of Operations and Production at the University of California Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory Joint Genome
Institute. Mangiardi earned a BS in Biology/Chemistry from Eastern Illinois University and two MBA degrees from Golden Gate
University - in General Management and in Marketing. Mr. Mangiardi is listed as an inventor in eight patents and is a member of numerous
professional organizations.

      Mr. Kevin A. Pollack has served as a director since July 2012.  Mr. Pollack serves as President of Short Hills Capital LLC, where he
has provided a range of advisory services to investors, asset management firms, institutions, and companies. Previously, he worked in asset
management at Paragon Capital, and as an investment banker at Banc of America Securities LLC, focusing on corporate finance and
mergers and acquisitions. He started his career at Sidley Austin LLP (formerly Brown & Wood LLP) as a securities attorney focusing on
corporate finance, and on mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Pollack currently sits on the Board of Directors of Lightlake Therapeutics Inc., a
developing biopharmaceutical company focused on building a platform of biopharmaceutical solutions to common addictions and related
disorders, where he also serves as CFO, and on the Board of Directors of MagneGas Corporation, the developer of a technology that
converts liquid waste into a hydrogen-based metal working fuel and natural gas alternative. Mr. Pollack graduated magna cum laude from
The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania and received a dual JD/MBA from Vanderbilt University, where he graduated with
Beta Gamma Sigma honors.

Dr. Michael S. “Mickey” Urdea founded and is a Managing Partner for Halteres Associates, a biotechnology consulting firm. He also

founded and served as Chief Executive Officer of Tethys Bioscience, a proteomics-based diagnostics company involved in preventative
personalized medicine. Additionally, Dr. Urdea is a founder and the Chairman of Catalysis Foundation for Health, an organization
addressing gaps in global healthcare caused by inefficiencies in disease diagnosis and monitoring. He serves as an expert consultant to the
life sciences industry and is on the scientific advisory boards and boards of directors of a number of biotechnology, diagnostics, venture
capital and philanthropic organizations. Prior to his current business activities, Dr. Urdea founded the Nucleic Acid Diagnostics group at
Chiron Corporation, and with colleagues, invented branched DNA molecules for amplification of signal in nucleic acid complexes.
Application of this technology resulted in the first commercial products for quantification of human hepatitis B, hepatitis C, and human
immunodeficiency viruses (HBV, HCV, and HIV, respectively). He then became business head of the Molecular Diagnostics group and
Chief Scientific Officer at Bayer Diagnostics. He was also a member of the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation Diagnostic Forum. Dr.
Urdea is an author on nearly 200 peer-reviewed scientific publications, nearly 300 abstracts and international scientific presentations, and
more than 100 issued and pending patents. He received his BS in Biology and Chemistry from Northern Arizona University in Flagstaff
and his Ph.D in Biochemistry from Washington State University.

80

 
 
 
 
Executive Officers

The information under the heading “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Item 1 of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is

incorporated herein by this reference.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires the Company’s executive officers and directors, and persons who own more than 10% of

the Company’s Common Stock, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership on Forms 3, 4 and 5 with the SEC.

Based solely on the Company’s review of the copies of such Forms and written representations from certain reporting persons, the
Company believes that all filings required to be made by the Company’s Section 16(a) reporting persons during the Company’s fiscal year
ended December 31, 2013 were made on a timely basis, except one outside investor.

Code of Ethics

Pursuant to Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we have adopted a Code of Ethics for senior financial officers that applies
to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, and other persons performing similar
functions. A copy of the code of ethics is posted on, and may be obtained free of charge from our Internet website at
http://www.pressurebiosciences.com.  If we make any amendments to this Code of Ethics or grant any waiver, including any implicit
waiver, from a provision of this Code of Ethics to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer,
controller, or other persons performing similar functions, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver, the name of the person
to whom the waiver was granted and the date of waiver in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Corporate Governance

Term of Office

       Our directors are appointed for a three-year term to hold office until the annual general meeting of our shareholders or until removed
from  office  in  accordance  with  our  bylaws.  Our  officers  are  appointed  by  our  board  of  directors  and  hold  office  until  removed  by  the
board.
Audit Committee

The Audit Committee was established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Messrs. Pollack

(chairman), Mangiardi and Peterson are currently the members of the Audit Committee.

The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Pollack qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined in Item 407(d)(5)

of Regulation S-K and is “independent” as defined by SEC and OTC Market rules.

The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a written charter (the “Audit Committee Charter”), a current copy of which is publicly
available on the investor relations portion of the Company’s website at www.pressurebiosciences.com. Under the provisions of the Audit
Committee Charter, the primary functions of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board of Directors with the oversight of (i) the
Company’s financial reporting process, accounting functions, and internal controls, and (ii) the qualifications, independence, appointment,
retention, compensation, and performance of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee is also
responsible for the establishment of “whistle-blowing” procedures, and the oversight of other compliance matters.

Compensation Committee

The  Board  of  Directors  has  a  Compensation  Committee,  consisting  of  Messrs.  Peterson,  Pollack  and  Mangiardi.  The  Compensation
Committee’s duties include (i) reviewing and approving our executive compensation, (ii) reviewing the recommendations of the president
and chief executive officer regarding the compensation of our executive officers, (iii) evaluating the performance of the president and chief
executive  officer,  (iv)  overseeing  the  administration  and  approval  of  grants  of  stock  options  and  other  equity  awards  under  our  equity
incentive plans, and (v) recommending compensation for our board of directors and each committee thereof for review and approval by the
board of directors. The Compensation Committee operates pursuant to a written charter, a current copy of which is publicly available on the
investor relations portion of our website at www.pressurebiosciences.com.

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

To the best of our knowledge, none of our directors or executive officers has, during the past ten years:

● been convicted in a criminal proceeding or been subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other

minor offenses);

● had any bankruptcy petition filed by or against the business or property of the person, or of any partnership, corporation or

business association of which he was a general partner or executive officer, either at the time of the bankruptcy filing or within two
years prior to that time;

● been subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent

jurisdiction or federal or state authority, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting, his
involvement in any type of business, securities, futures, commodities, investment, banking, savings and loan, or insurance
activities, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;

● been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity
Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been
reversed, suspended, or vacated;

● been the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not

subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated (not including any settlement of a civil proceeding among private litigants), relating to
an alleged violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, any law or regulation respecting financial
institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or
restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order, or any law or
regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or

● been the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory
organization (as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act), any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the
Commodity Exchange Act), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its
members or persons associated with a member.

 Except as set forth in our discussion below in “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” none of our directors or executive
officers has been involved in any transactions with us or any of our directors, executive officers, affiliates or associates which are required
to be disclosed pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Commission.

82

 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 11. 

 EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Executive Officer Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

The Summary Compensation Table below sets forth the total compensation paid or earned for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013
and 2012 for: (i) each individual serving as our chief executive officer (“CEO”) or acting in a similar capacity during any part of fiscal
2013; and (ii) the other two most highly paid executive officers (collectively, the “Named Executive Officers”) who were serving as
executive officers at the end of fiscal 2013.

Name and
Principal
Position

Fiscal
   Year

Salary(1)

Bonus

    Stock Awards    

Option
Awards(2)

Non-Qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earning

All other

Compensation(3)    

Total

2013

 $ 294,250 

 $

- 

 $

- 

 $

26,497 

 $

- 

 $

11,524 

 $

332,271 

2012

286,190 

2013

2012

2013

2012

197,600 

202,160 

165,600 

175,103 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

4,800 

19,078 

4,800 

15,898 

4,800 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

100,692 

391,682 

1,670 

218,348 

1,304 

208,264 

7,655 

189,153 

7,501 

187,404 

Richard T.
Schumacher
President,
CEO

Edmund
Ting, Ph.D
Senior Vice
President of
Engineering  

Alexander
Lazarev,
Ph.D
Vice
President of
Research and  
Development  

(1) Salary refers to base salary compensation paid through our normal payroll process. No bonus was paid to any named executive officer
for 2013 or 2012.

(2) Amounts shown do not reflect compensation received by the Named Executive Officers. Instead, the amounts shown are the aggregate
grant date fair value as determined pursuant to FASB ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation. Please refer to Note 2, xiii,
“Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” in the accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2013, for the relevant assumptions used to determine the valuation of stock option grants.

(3) “All Other Compensation” includes our Company match to the executives’ 401(k) contribution and premiums paid on life insurance for
the executives. Both of these benefits are available to all of our employees. In the case of Mr. Schumacher, “All Other Compensation” also
includes $8,379 in premiums we paid for a life insurance policy to which Mr. Schumacher’s wife is the beneficiary, “All Other
Compensation” for Dr. Lazarev includes $6,000 paid to Dr. Lazarev in lieu of his participation in the medical benefit plan offered by the
Company.

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
   
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
 
 
   
      
      
      
      
      
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table sets forth certain information regarding outstanding stock options awards for each of the Named Executive

Officers as of December 31, 2013.

Name

Richard T. Schumacher
President, CEO

Edmund Y. Ting, Ph.D
Senior Vice President of Engineering

Alexander V. Lazarev, Ph.D
Vice President of Research & Development

Option Awards

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

Exercisable    

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
(1)

Option
Exercise Price
($)

Option Expiration Date

75,000 
30,000 
70,000 
75,000 
8,438 
13,125 
59,375     

60,000 
12,000 
42,000 
8,438 
7,656 
42,750     

50,000 
10,000 
35,000 
8,438 
6,563 
35,625 

 $
- 
 $
- 
 $
- 
 $
- 
 $
6,562 
16,875 
 $
15,625 (2)  $

- 
- 
- 
6,562 
9,844 

 $
 $
 $
 $
 $
11,250(2)  $

 $
- 
 $
- 
 $
- 
 $
6,562 
8,437 
 $
9,375(2)   $

1.00 
1.00 
1.00 
0.60 
1.00 
0.60 
0.40 

1.00 
1.00 
1.00 
1.00 
0.60 
0.40 

1.00 
1.00 
0.60 
1.00 
0.60 
0.40 

6/17/2015
3/30/2016
2/12/2017
3/12/2019
9/09/2021
3/13/2022
5/14/2023

4/24/2016
3/30/2016
2/12/2017
9/09/2021
3/13/2022
5/14/2023

6/17/2015
3/30/2016
2/12/2017
9/09/2021
3/13/2022
5/14/2023

(1) All unvested stock options listed in this column were granted to the Named Executive Officer pursuant to our 2005 Equity Incentive
Plan. All options expire ten years after the date of grant. Unvested stock options become fully vested and exercisable upon a change of
control of our company.

(2) Options to purchase shares of Common Stock were granted on May 14, 2013 to each of the Named Executive Officers, of which
50% of the stock options will vest immediately on the date of grant while the remainder will vest monthly over the remaining one year
vesting period.

84

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
 
   
   
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
 
   
      
  
   
    
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
Retirement Plan

All employees, including the named executive officers, may participate in our 401(k) Plan. Under the 401(k) Plan, employees may
elect to make before tax contributions of up to 60% of their base salary, subject to current Internal Revenue Service limits. The 401(k) Plan
does not permit an investment in our Common Stock. We match employee contributions up to 50% of the first 2% of the employee’s
earnings. Our contribution is 100% vested immediately.

       Severance Arrangements

Each of Mr. Schumacher, Dr. Ting, Dr. Lazarev, and Dr. Lawrence, executive officers of the Company, are entitled to receive a
severance payment if terminated by us without cause. The severance benefits would include a payment in an amount equal to one year of
such executive officer’s annualized base salary compensation plus accrued paid time off. Additionally, the officer will be entitled to receive
medical and dental insurance coverage for one year following the date of termination.

Change-in-Control Arrangements

Pursuant to severance agreements with each of Mr. Schumacher, Dr. Ting, Dr. Lazarev and Dr. Lawrence, each such executive
officers, is entitled to receive a change of control payment in an amount equal to one year (other than Mr. Schumacher) of such executive
officer’s annualized base salary compensation, accrued paid time off, and medical and dental coverage, in the event of a change of control
of our company. In the case of Mr. Schumacher, his payment is equal to two years of annualized base salary compensation, accrued paid
time off, and two years of medical and dental coverage.

Pursuant to our 2005 Equity Incentive Plan, any unvested stock options held by a named executive officer will become fully vested

upon a change in control (as defined in the 2005 Equity Incentive Plan) of our company.

Director Compensation and Benefits

The following table sets forth certain information regarding compensation earned or paid to our directors during fiscal 2013.

Name

Jeffrey N. Peterson (a,b)
Vito J. Mangiardi (b)
Kevin A. Pollack (b)
Dr. Mickey Urdea (a)

Fees Paid in
Cash (1)

Fees Paid in
Stock (1)

Option Awards
(2)(3)

Total

 $

 $

17,250 
15,000 
15,000 
25,000 

7,292 
4,167 
4,167 
22,500 

 $

- 
- 
- 
12,137 

25,542 
19,167 
19,167 
59,637 

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our non-employee directors receive the following compensation for service as a director:

(1) Each director earned a quarterly stipend of (a) $7,500 (the quarterly stipend was increased from $5,000 beginning February
2013) for attending meetings of the full board of directors (whether telephonic or in-person) and attending committee meetings in
2013. Mr. Peterson currently earns $8,625 per quarter as chairman of the board of directors and Dr. Urdea receives $5,000 per
quarter for serving on the scientific advisory committee.  We issued an aggregate of 95 shares of the Company’s Series J
Convertible Preferred Stock in February 2013 to current board members for payment of board fees owed. Amounts shown under the
heading “Fees Paid in Stock” reflect compensation received by the directors grant date fair value of the stock issued in lieu of
payment of director fees as determined by the Company’s closing stock price in February 6, 2013. There is no limit to the number of
board of directors or committee meetings that may be called.

(2) Amounts shown do not reflect compensation received by the directors. Instead, the amounts shown are the aggregate grant date
fair value as determined pursuant to FASB ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation. Please refer to Note 2, xiii, “Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation” in the accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2013, for the relevant assumptions used to determine the valuation of stock option grants.

(3) The following table shows the total number of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2013 that have been issued as
director compensation.

Name

Jeffrey N. Peterson
 Michael S.  Urdea
Vito J. Mangiardi
Kevin A. Pollack

Report from Compensation Committee

General

Aggregate
Number of
Stock Options
Outstanding  
63,750 
37,500 
50,000 
50,000 

Messrs. Peterson, Pollack and Mangiardi are currently the members of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee

operates pursuant to a written charter, a current copy of which is publicly available on the investor relations portion of our website at
www.pressurebiosciences.com. The primary functions of the Compensation Committee include (i) reviewing and approving our executive
compensation, (ii) reviewing the recommendations of the president and chief executive officer regarding the compensation of our executive
officers, (iii) evaluating the performance of the president and chief executive officer, (iv) overseeing the administration and approval of
grants of stock options and other equity awards under our equity incentive plans, and (v) recommending compensation for our board of
directors and each committee thereof for review and approval by the board of directors.

The Compensation Committee may form and delegate authority to one or more subcommittees as it deems appropriate from time to
time under the circumstances (including (a) a subcommittee consisting of a single member and (b) a subcommittee consisting of at least two
members, each of whom qualifies as a “non-employee director,” as such term is defined from time to time in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and an “outside director,” as such term is defined from time to time in Section 162(m) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations there under).

86

 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
 
 
Compensation Objectives

In light of the relatively early stage of commercialization of our products, we recognize the importance of attracting and retaining key

employees with sufficient experience, skills, and qualifications in areas vital to our success, such as operations, finance, sales and
marketing, research and development, engineering, and individuals who are committed to our short- and long-term goals. The
Compensation Committee has designed our executive compensation programs with the intent of attracting, motivating, and retaining
experienced executives and, subject to our limited financial resources, rewarding them for their contributions by offering them a
competitive base salary, potential for annual cash incentive bonuses, and long-term equity-based incentives, typically in the form of stock
options. The Compensation Committee strives to balance the need to retain key employees with financial prudence given our history of
operating losses, limited financial resources and the early stage of our commercialization.

Executive Officers and Director Compensation Process

The Compensation Committee considers and determines executive compensation according to an annual objective setting and

measurement cycle. Specifically, corporate goals for the year are initially developed by our executive officers and are then presented to our
board of directors and Compensation Committee for review and approval. Individual goals are intended to focus on contributions that
facilitate the achievement of the corporate goals. Individual goals are first proposed by each executive officer, other than the president and
CEO, then discussed by the entire senior executive management team and ultimately compiled and prepared for submission to our board of
directors and the Compensation Committee, by the president and chief executive officer. The Compensation Committee sets and approves
the goals for the president and chief executive officer. Generally, corporate and individual goals are set during the first quarter of each
calendar year. The objective setting process is coordinated with our annual financial planning and budgeting process so our board of
directors and Compensation Committee can consider overall corporate and individual objectives in the context of budget constraints and
cost control considerations. Annual salary increases, bonuses, and equity awards, such as stock option grants, if any, are tied to the
achievement of these corporate and individual performance goals as well as our financial position and prospects.

Under the annual performance review program, the Compensation Committee evaluates individual performance against the goals for

the recently completed year. The Compensation Committee’s evaluation generally occurs in the first quarter of the following year. The
evaluation of each executive (other than the president and chief executive officer) begins with a written self-assessment submitted by the
executive to the president and chief executive officer. The president and chief executive officer then prepares a written evaluation based on
the executive’s self-assessment, the president and chief executive officer’s evaluation, and input from others within the Company. This
process leads to a recommendation by the president and chief executive officer for a salary increase, bonus, and equity award, if any, which
is then considered by the Compensation Committee. In the case of the president and chief executive officer, the Compensation Committee
conducts his performance evaluation and determines his compensation, including salary increase, bonus, and equity awards, if any. We
generally expect, but are not required, to implement salary increases, bonuses, and equity awards, for all executive officers, if and to the
extent granted, by April 1 of each year.

Non-employee director compensation is set by our board of directors upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee. In
developing its recommendations, the Compensation Committee is guided by the following goals: compensation should be fair relative to
the required services for directors of comparable companies in our industry and at our company’s stage of development; compensation
should align directors’ interests with the long-term interest of stockholders; the structure of the compensation should be simple, transparent,
and easy for stockholders to understand; and compensation should be consistent with the financial resources, prospects, and competitive
outlook for the Company.

In evaluating executive officer and director compensation, the Compensation Committee considers the practices of companies of
similar size, geographic location, and market focus. In order to develop reasonable benchmark data the Compensation Committee has
referred to publicly available sources such as www.salary.com and the BioWorld Survey. While the Compensation Committee does not
believe benchmarking is appropriate as a stand-alone tool for setting compensation due to the unique aspects of our business objectives and
current stage of development, the Compensation Committee generally believes that gathering this compensation information is an
important part of its compensation-related decision making process.

The Compensation Committee has the authority to hire and fire advisors and compensation consultants as needed and approve their

fees. No advisors or compensation consultants were hired or fired in fiscal 2013. The Compensation Committee is also authorized to
delegate any of its responsibilities to sub committees or individuals as it deems appropriate. The Compensation Committee did not delegate
any of its responsibilities in fiscal 2013.

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 12. 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED

Beneficial Ownership Information

The following table sets forth certain information as of January 31, 2014 concerning the beneficial ownership of  Common Stock for:

(i) each director and director nominee, (ii) each Named Executive Officer in the Summary Compensation Table under “Executive
Compensation” above, (iii) all executive officers and directors as a group, and (iv) each person (including any “group” as that term is used
in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) known by us to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our  Common Stock. The address for
each of the persons below who are beneficial owners of 5% or more of our Common Stock is our corporate address at 14 Norfolk Avenue,
South Easton, MA 02375.

Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and is calculated based on 12,024,267 shares of our

Common Stock issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2014. Shares of Common Stock subject to options, warrants, preferred stock or
other securities convertible into Common Stock that are currently exercisable or convertible, or exercisable or convertible within 60 days of
January 31, 2014, are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding the option, warrant, preferred stock, or
convertible security but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.

Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in

the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Common Stock that they beneficially own.

Name

Richard T. Schumacher (1)
Jeffrey  N. Peterson, MS (2)
Kevin A. Pollack, Esq. MBA (3)
Vito J. Mangiardi, MBA (4)
Michael S. Urdea, Ph D (5)
Edmund Y. Ting, Ph.D (6)
Alexander V. Lazarev, Ph.D  (7)
All other officers

All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (nine persons)

Number of
Shares
of Common
Stock
Beneficially
Owned

1,551,104 
385,726 
499,500 
346,000 
311,500 
205,773 
170,891 
305,743 

3,776,237 

Percent of
Class

12.0%
3.1%
4.0%
2.8%
2.5%
1.7%
1.4%
2.7%

25.1%

1)

2)

3)

4)

5)

6)

7)

Includes (i) 343,125 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; (ii) 428,675 shares of Common Stock issuable upon
the exercise of warrants.  Amount does not include 20,162 shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Schumacher’s minor son as his wife
exercises all voting and investment control over such shares.

Includes (i) 63,750 shares of  Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options, and (ii) 191,000 shares of  Common Stock issuable
upon exercise of warrants.

Includes (i) 50,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options, and (ii) 241,000 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon the exercise of warrants

Includes (i) 50,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options, and (ii) 183,000 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon the exercise of warrants.

Includes (i) 37,500 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options, and (ii) 167,000 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon the exercise of warrants.

Includes (i) 181,625 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options, and (ii) 8,290 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon the exercise of warrants.

Includes (i) 153,125 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options, and (ii) 6,705 shares of Common Stock issuable
upon the exercise of warrants.

88

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
     
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
   
      
  
  
  
 
 
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information

We maintain a number of equity compensation plans for employees, officers, directors and other entities and individuals whose efforts
contribute to our success. The table below sets forth certain information as of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 regarding the shares
of our Common Stock available for grant or granted under our equity compensation plans.

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1)

Plan Category

Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options
1,771,708 

Number of
securities
remaining
available for
future issuance
under equity
compensation
plans

Weighted-
average exercise
price of
outstanding
options

 $

0.71 

61,292 

(1) Includes the following plans: 1999 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan and 2005 Equity Incentive Plan.

ITEM 13. 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS; AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

Board Independence

Our board of directors has reviewed the qualifications of each of Messrs. Peterson, Mangiardi and Pollack, constituting more than a
majority of our directors and has affirmatively determined that each individual is “independent” as such term is defined under the current
listing standards of the OTC Markets. The board of directors has determined that none of these directors has a material relationship with us
that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment. In addition, each member of the Audit Committee is independent as
required under Section 10A(m)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

ITEM 14. 
Independent Registered Public Accounting Fees

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The following is a summary of the fees billed to the Company by Marcum LLP, the Company’s current independent registered public

accounting firm, for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

Audit Fees
Audit-Related Fees
Tax and Other Fees

Fiscal 2013
Fees

 $

 $

120,000 
23,661 
- 
143,661 

Fiscal 2012
Fees
143,250 
51,500 
- 
203,750 

 $

 $

Audit Fees. Consists of aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of the Company’s consolidated financial
statements and review of the interim consolidated financial statements included in quarterly reports, as well as services that are normally
provided by the independent registered public accounting firm in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements.

Audit-Related Fees. Consists of aggregate fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance
of the audit or review of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” Fees billed by Marcum
for 2012 were fees associated with a consent delivered in connection with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 and
Registration Statement on Form S-1.

Audit Committee Policy on Pre-Approval of Services

The Audit Committee’s policy is to pre-approve all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by the independent registered
public accounting firm. These services may include audit services, audit-related services, tax services, and other services. Pre-approval is
generally provided for up to one year. The Audit Committee may also pre-approve particular services on a case-by-case basis.

89

 
 
 
 
   
   
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV

Item 15 Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

Exhibit
No.

Restated Articles of Organization of the Company

3.1
3.2 Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization of the Company
3.3 Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization of the Company, as amended
3.4 Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization of the Company, as amended
3.5 Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization of the Company, as amended
3.6 Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization of the Company, as amended
3.7 Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company
3.8 Amendment to Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company
3.9 Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization of the Company, as amended
3.10 Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization of the Company, as amended
3.11 Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of Organization of the Company, as amended
4.1
4.2 Description of Capital Stock (contained in the Amended and Restated Articles of Organization, as amended, of

Specimen Certificate for Shares of the Company’s  Common Stock

the Company filed as Exhibits 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6 and 3.7)

4.3

Rights Agreement dated as of February 27, 2003 between the Company and Computershare Trust Company,
Inc.

Reference

A-3.1**
B-3.1**
O-3.1**
L-3.1**
P-3.1**
U-3.1**
A-3.2**
C-3.3**
W-3.1
X-3.1
Z-3.1
D-4.1**
A-3.1 & 3.2, B-
31, O-31, L-31,
P-31 and
U.31**
E-4**

4.4 Amendment No. 1 to Rights Agreement dated April 16, 2004 between the Company and Computershare Trust

F-4**

Company, Inc.

4.5 Amendment No. 2 to Rights Agreement dated November 8, 2011 between the Company and Computershare

U-4.2**

4.6

4.7

4.8

Trust N.A.
Securities Purchase Agreement dated November 21, 2007 between the Company and the purchasers named
therein
Registration Rights Agreement dated November 21, 2007 between the Company and the purchasers named
therein
Securities Purchase Agreement dated February 12, 2009 between the Company and the purchasers named
therein
Form of 15-Month Preferred Stock Warrant
Form of 30-Month  Common Stock Purchase Warrant

4.9
4.10
4.11 Amendment No. 1 to 30-Month  Common Stock Purchase Warrant
4.12 Amendment No. 2 to 30-Month  Common Stock Purchase Warrant
4.13 Registration Rights Agreement dated February 12, 2009 between the Company and the purchasers named therein
Securities Purchase Agreement dated November 18, 2009 between the company and the purchasers named
4.14
therein

G-4.9**

G-4.10**

L-4.1**

L-4.3**
L-4.4**
Q-4.2**
S-4.1**
L-4.5**
O-4.1**

4.15 Registration Rights Agreement dated November 18, 2009 between the Company and the purchasers named

O-4.3**

therein
Series B Preferred Stock Warrant

4.16

O-4.2**

90

 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
No.
4.17 Amendment No. 1 to Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant
4.18 Amendment No. 2 to Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Purchase Warrant
4.19

Securities Purchase Agreement dated April 8, 2011 between the Company and the Purchasers Named Therein
Registration Rights Agreement dated April 8, 2011 between the Company and the Purchasers Named Therein

4.2 Amendment No. 1 to Securities Purchase Agreement dated June 21, 2011, amending Securities Purchase

4.21

Agreement dated April 8, 2011 between the Company and the Purchasers Named Therein
Form of  Common Stock Purchase Warrant
Form of Warrant Issued to Lenders
Form of Promissory Note Issued to Lenders
Form of  Common Stock Purchase Warrant
Form of Warrant
Securities Purchase and Exchange Agreement, dated December 28, 2012
Securities Purchase and Exchange Agreement, dated December 28, 2012
Form of Warrant

4.22
4.23
4.24
4.25
4.26 Registration Rights Agreement, dated February 6, 2013 between the Company and Purchasers named therein
4.27
4.28
4.29
4.3

10% Convertible Debenture, issued on June 7, 2013 for a Purchase price of $250.00
Securities Purchase and Exchange Agreement, dated December 12, 2013
Form of Warrant, initial exercise date December 12, 2013
Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 12, 2013
1999 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan*

4.31
4.32
4.33
4.34
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4 Amendment No. 1 to 2005 Equity Incentive Plan*
10.5 Description of Compensation for Certain Directors*
10.6
10.7
10.8 Consent Agreement, dated May 29, 2007, by and among the registrant, PBI Source Scientific, Inc., Source

Severance Agreement between the registrant and Richard T. Schumacher*
Form of Severance Agreement including list of officers to whom provided*

1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan*
2005 Equity Incentive Plan.*

Scientific, LLC, BIT Analytical Instruments, Inc., Richard W. Henson and Bruce A. Sargeant.
10.9 Asset Purchase Agreement dated April 16, 2004 between the Company, BBI Biotech Research

Laboratories, Inc. and SeraCare Life Sciences, Inc.

Reference

Q-4.1**
S-4.2**
P-4.1**

P-4.3**

R-4.1**

P-4.2**
T-4.1**
T-4.2**
U-4.1**
V-4.1**
W-4.2
X-4.1
X-4.2
X-4.3
Y-4.1
Z-4.1
Z-4.2
Z-4.3
H**

 H**
I-99.1**
M-10.1**
N-10.7**
N-10.6**
N-10.7**
J-10.1**

F-1**

10.1 Technology Transfer and Patent Assignment Agreement dated October 7, 1996, between Bioseq, Inc. and

N-10.11**

BioMolecular Assays, Inc.

 10.11 Amendment to Technology Transfer and Patent Assignment Agreement dated October 8, 1998 between Bioseq,

N-10.12**

Inc. and BioMolecular Assays, Inc.

10.12 Nonexclusive License Agreement dated September 30, 1998 between Bioseq, Inc. and BioMolecular Assays,

N-10.13**

Inc.

10.13 Agreement for Research Services dated February 1, 2006 by and between the registrant and the University of

K-10.1**

New Hampshire

10.14 Placement Agency Agreement between the Placement agent and the Company, dated November 8, 2011

U-10.1**

Form of Securities Purchase Agreement
10.15 Form of Escrow Agreement, as amended
10.16 Form of Securities Purchase Agreement
10.17 Securities Purchase Agreement, dated June 7, 2013
10.18 Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Marcum LLP)
23.1

31.1

32.1

101

Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Item 601(b)(31) of
Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Item 601(b)(32) of
Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
Interactive Data File

U-10.2**
U-10.3**
V-3.1**
Y-10.1
Filed herewith

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

Filed herewith

91

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
*Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
**Previously filed as follows.

A We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form

S-1 (Registration No. 333-10759) filed with the Commission on August 23, 1996.

B We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q

for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2004.

C We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for

the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002.

D We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-KSB

for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.

E We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed

with the Commission March 12, 2003.

F We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed

with the Commission April 16, 2004.

G We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form

S-3 (Registration No. 333-148227) filed with the Commission on December 20, 2007.

H We previously filed this exhibit as an appendix to the registrant’s proxy statement filed June 14, 1999.
I We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Registration Statement on Form

S-8 (Reg. No. 333-128594) filed with the Commission on September 26, 2005.

J We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed

with the Commission on June 1, 2007.

K We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed

with the Commission on February 7, 2006.

L We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed

with the Commission on February 18, 2009.

M We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed

with the Commission on September 29, 2008.

N We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K

filed with the Commission on March 27, 2008.

O We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed

with the Commission on November 19, 2009.

P We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed

with the Commission on April 12, 2011.

Q We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed

with the Commission on August 11, 2011.

R We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed

with the Commission on June 21, 2011.

S We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed

with the Commission on October 6, 2011.

T We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q

for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2011.

U We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed

with the Commission on November 10, 2011.

V We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed

with the Commission on February 9, 2012.

W We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed

with the Commission on January 4, 2013.

X We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed

with the Commission on February 13, 2013.

Y We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed

with the Commission on June 13, 2013.

Z We previously filed this exhibit with the referenced exhibit number as an exhibit to the registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed

with the Commission on December 12, 2013.

92

 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

Date: March 31, 2014

Pressure BioSciences, Inc.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on

behalf of the registrant and in the capacity and on the dates indicated.

By: /s/ Richard T. Schumacher
Richard T. Schumacher
President and Chief Executive Officer

Name

Capacity

President, Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer, Clerk and Director (Principal
Executive Officer)

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Date

March 31, 2014

March 31, 2014

Chairman of the Board of Directors

March 31, 2014

Director

Director

Director

93

March 31, 2014

March 31, 2014

March 31, 2014

/s/ Richard T.
Schumacher
Richard T. Schumacher

/s/ Richard P. Thomley
Richard P. Thomley

/s/ Jeffrey N. Peterson
Jeffrey N. Peterson

/s/ Mickey Urdea
Michael S.Urdea, Ph.D.

/s/ Vito Mangiardi
Vito J. Mangiardi

/s/ Kevin Pollack
Kevin A. Pollack

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements of Pressure BioSciences, Inc. (formerly Boston Biomedica, Inc.)
on Form S-8 (File Nos. 333-30320, 333-24770, 333-128594, and 333-155405) and Form S-3 (File No. 333-148227 and File No. 333-176828)
of our report dated March 31, 2014, with respect to our audit of the consolidated financial statements of Pressure BioSciences, Inc. as of
December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years then ended (which report includes an explanatory paragraph related to uncertainty of the
Company’s ability to continue as a going concern), which report is included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pressure BioSciences,
Inc., for the year ended December 31, 2013.

EXHIBIT 23.1

/s/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
March 31, 2014

 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 31.1

I, Richard T. Schumacher, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Pressure BioSciences, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-
15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision,
to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiary, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.

Date: March 31, 2014

/s/ Richard T. Schumacher

Name: Richard T. Schumacher
Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer )

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 31.2

I, Richard P. Thomley, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Pressure BioSciences, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to
make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material
respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-
15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision,
to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiary, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most
recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent
functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.

Date: March 31, 2014

/s/ Richard P. Thomley

Name: Richard P. Thomley
Title:

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certification
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

EXHIBIT 32.1

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”) for the

period ended December 31, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Richard T.
Schumacher, President and Chief Executive Officer, of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”), do hereby
certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United
States Code) that:

(1)     The Report of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

and

(2)     The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of

the Company.

/s/ Richard T. Schumacher

Name: Richard T. Schumacher
Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer )

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Pressure BioSciences, Inc., and will be retained by
Pressure BioSciences, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certification
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

EXHIBIT 32.2

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”) for the

period ended December 31, 2013 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Richard P.
Thomley, Chief Financial Officer, of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”), do hereby certify, pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code) that:

(1)     The Report of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

and

(2)     The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of

the Company.

/s/ Richard P. Thomley

Name: Richard P. Thomley
Title: Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Pressure BioSciences, Inc., and will be retained by
Pressure BioSciences, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.